UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

x     QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2018

 

OR

 

¨      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ______ to ______

 

Commission File Number 001-36094

 

The Community Financial Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

  Maryland   52-1652138  
  (State of other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer  
  incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)  

 

  3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601  
  (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)  

 

(301) 645-5601

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Not applicable

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes x                   No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes x                   No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨ Accelerated Filer  x
Non-accelerated Filer   ¨ Smaller Reporting Company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  
   
Emerging growth company   ¨  

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ¨                   No x

 

As of May 2, 2018, the registrant had 5,574,232 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FORM 10-Q

INDEX

 

  Page
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION  
   
Item 1 – Financial Statements (Unaudited)  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets – March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 1
   
Consolidated Statements of Income - Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 2
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 3
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 4
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 6
   
Item 2 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 44
   
Item 3 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 72
   
Item 4 – Controls and Procedures 73
   
PART II - OTHER INFORMATION  
   
Item 1 –    Legal Proceedings 74
   
Item 1A – Risk Factors 74
   
Item 2 –    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 74
   
Item 3 –    Defaults Upon Senior Securities 74
   
Item 4 –    Mine Safety Disclosures 74
   
Item 5 –    Other Information 74
   
Item 6 –    Exhibits 75
   
SIGNATURES 77

 

 

 

 

PART 1 - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    (Unaudited)        
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
Assets                
Cash and due from banks   $ 29,739     $ 13,315  
Federal funds sold     730       -  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     3,986       2,102  
Securities available for sale (AFS), at fair value     71,024       68,285  
Securities held to maturity (HTM), at amortized cost     98,198       99,246  
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock - at cost     5,587       7,276  
Loans receivable     1,280,773       1,151,130  
Less: allowance for loan losses     (10,471 )     (10,515 )
Net loans     1,270,302       1,140,615  
Goodwill     10,277       -  
Premises and equipment, net     22,496       21,391  
Premises and equipment held for sale     2,341       -  
Other real estate owned (OREO)     9,352       9,341  
Accrued interest receivable     4,749       4,511  
Investment in bank owned life insurance     35,619       29,398  
Core deposit intangible     3,385       -  
Other assets     9,211       10,481  
Total Assets   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                
Deposits                
Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 229,612     $ 159,844  
Interest-bearing deposits     1,056,324       946,393  
Total deposits     1,285,936       1,106,237  
Short-term borrowings     51,500       87,500  
Long-term debt     45,483       55,498  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000       12,000  
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     13,420       11,769  
Total Liabilities     1,431,339       1,296,004  
                 
Stockholders' Equity                
Common stock - par value $.01; authorized - 15,000,000 shares; issued 5,573,841 and 4,649,658 shares, respectively     56       46  
Additional paid in capital     83,947       48,209  
Retained earnings     64,307       63,648  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,898 )     (1,191 )
Unearned ESOP shares     (755 )     (755 )
Total Stockholders' Equity     145,657       109,957  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  1  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts )   2018     2017  
Interest and Dividend Income                
Loans, including fees   $ 14,726     $ 11,970  
Interest and dividends on investment securities     1,095       946  
Interest on deposits with banks     72       6  
Total Interest and Dividend Income     15,893       12,922  
Interest Expense                
Deposits     1,956       1,268  
Short-term borrowings     283       147  
Long-term debt     764       833  
Total Interest Expense     3,003       2,248  
Net Interest Income     12,890       10,674  
Provision for loan losses     500       380  
Net Interest Income After Provision For Loan Losses     12,390       10,294  
Noninterest Income                
Loan appraisal, credit, and miscellaneous charges     53       47  
Net gains (losses) on sale of OREO     -       27  
Income from bank owned life insurance     226       191  
Service charges     752       610  
Total Noninterest Income     1,031       875  
Noninterest Expense                
Salary and employee benefits     5,047       4,313  
Occupancy expense     766       653  
Advertising     159       108  
Data processing expense     683       577  
Professional fees     352       320  
Merger and acquisition costs     2,868       17  
Depreciation of premises and equipment     199       199  
Telephone communications     99       51  
Office supplies     40       32  
FDIC Insurance     198       166  
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     114       195  
Core deposit intangible amortization     205       -  
Other     937       748  
Total Noninterest Expense     11,667       7,379  
Income before income taxes     1,754       3,790  
Income tax expense     533       1,448  
Net Income   $ 1,221     $ 2,342  
Earnings Per Common Share                
Basic   $ 0.22     $ 0.51  
Diluted   $ 0.22     $ 0.51  
Cash dividends paid per common share   $ 0.10     $ 0.10  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  2  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
             
Net Income   $ 1,221     $ 2,342  
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period, net of tax (benefit) expense of $(269) and $83, respectively.     (707 )     127  
Comprehensive Income   $ 514     $ 2,469  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  3  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
             
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                
Net income   $ 1,221     $ 2,342  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities                
Provision for loan losses     500       380  
Depreciation and amortization     414       394  
Net (gains) loss on the sale of OREO     -       (27 )
Net amortization of premium/discount on investment securities     91       94  
Net accretion of merger accounting adjustments     (323 )     -  
Amortization of core deposit intangible     205       -  
Increase in OREO valuation allowance     90       196  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (221 )     (192 )
Increase in deferred income tax benefit     (50 )     (382 )
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable     187       (44 )
Stock based compensation     105       113  
Compensation expense due to excess of fair market value over cost of leveraged ESOP shares released     9       -  
(Increase) decrease in net deferred loan costs     (32 )     337  
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities     99       (1,773 )
Decrease in other assets     2,566       2,322  
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities     4,861       3,760  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                
Purchase of AFS investment securities     (5,532 )     (5,559 )
Proceeds from redemption or principal payments of AFS investment securities     1,907       1,731  
Purchase of HTM investment securities     (982 )     (998 )
Proceeds from maturities or principal payments of HTM investment securities     5,053       5,212  
Proceeds from sale of investment securities acquired in business combination     34,919       -  
Net increase (decrease) of FHLB and FRB stock     1,893       (469 )
Loans originated or acquired     (67,772 )     (84,972 )
Principal collected on loans     78,582       59,407  
Purchase of premises and equipment     (86 )     (436 )
Proceeds from sale of OREO     -       846  
Net cash acquired in business combination     32,287       -  
                 
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities     80,269       (25,238 )

 

  4  

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

(continued)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
             
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                
Net (decrease) increase in deposits   $ (19,530 )   $ 12,965  
Payments of long-term debt     (10,016 )     (10,015 )
Net (decrease) increase in short term borrowings     (36,000 )     18,500  
Dividends paid     (543 )     (450 )
Repurchase of common stock     (3 )     -  
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities     (66,092 )     21,000  
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 19,038     $ (478 )
Cash and Cash Equivalents - January 1     15,417       11,264  
Cash and Cash Equivalents - March 31   $ 34,455     $ 10,786  
                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid during the period for                
Interest   $ 3,403     $ 2,602  
Income taxes   $ -     $ -  
                 
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Operating Activities                
Issuance of common stock for payment of compensation   $ 247     $ 203  
Transfer from loans to OREO   $ 101     $ -  
Financed amount of sale of OREO   $ -     $ 200  
                 
Business Combination Non-Cash Disclosures                
Assets acquired in business combination (net of cash received)   $ 193,836     $ -  
Liabilities assumed in business combination   $ 200,780     $ -  

 

See notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  5  

 

   

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

 

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Community Bank of the Chesapeake (the “Bank”), and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiary, Community Mortgage Corporation of Tri-County, included herein are unaudited.

 

The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting only of normal recurring accruals that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The balances as of December 31, 2017 have been derived from audited financial statements. There have been no significant changes to the Company’s accounting policies as disclosed in the 2017 Annual Report except as noted in the adoption of new accounting standards section included in Note 1. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the remainder of the year or any other period.

 

These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes included in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Nature of Business

The Company provides a variety of financial services to individuals and businesses through its offices in Southern Maryland and Annapolis and Fredericksburg, Virginia. Its primary deposit products are demand, savings and time deposits, and its primary lending products are commercial and residential mortgage loans, commercial loans, construction and land development loans, home equity and second mortgages and commercial equipment loans.

 

The Company’s branches are located at its main office in Waldorf, Maryland, and branch offices in Waldorf, Bryans Road, Dunkirk, Leonardtown, La Plata, Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick, Lusby, California, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Company maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in Annapolis, La Plata, Prince Frederick and Leonardtown, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch.

 

The Company closed its Central Park Fredericksburg branch during the third quarter of 2017. This location continues to serve as a loan production office and the branch closure did not have a material effect on operations. The Company offered branch employees open positions.

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of County First Bank (“County First”) after regulatory approval and County First shareholder approvals were obtained. The Company’s asset increased to $1.6 billion as of March 31, 2018. See Note 2 – Business Combination and Goodwill for additional information. In January 2018, the Company disclosed its intentions to close four of the five acquired County First branches during the second quarter with the La Plata downtown branch remaining open. As of March 31, 2018, three branches are held for sale. The remaining County First branch will be retained (La Plata) or have an operating lease that will expire in the next six months.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of income and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, real estate acquired in the settlement of loans, fair value of financial instruments, fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination, evaluating other-than-temporary-impairment of investment securities and valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

Reclassifications

Certain amounts, previously reported, have been reclassified to state all periods on a comparable basis and had no effect on stockholders’ equity or net income.

 

  6  

 

 

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued. Recognized subsequent events are events or transactions that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing financial statements. Non-recognized subsequent events are events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet but arose after that date. Management performed an evaluation to determine whether there have been any subsequent events since the balance sheet date and determined that no subsequent events occurred requiring accrual or disclosure.

 

New Accounting Policy

 

See Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting included in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report on Form 10-K for a list of all policies in effect as of December 31, 2017. The below summary is intended to provide updates or new policies required as a result of a new accounting standard or a change to the Company’s operations or assets that require a new or amended policy.

 

Purchase Credit Impaired “PCI” Loans

Loans purchased with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are considered credit impaired. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the purchase date may include statistics such as internal risk grade, past due and nonaccrual status, recent borrower credit scores and recent loan-to-value (“LTV”) percentages. Purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans are initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Accordingly, the associated allowance for credit losses related to these loans is not carried over at the acquisition date. We estimate the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition using specific credit review of certain loans, quantitative credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk models, and qualitative economic and environmental assessments, each of which incorporate our best estimate of current key relevant factors, such as property values, default rates, loss severity and prepayment speeds.

 

Under the accounting guidance for PCI loans, the excess of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans, in situations where there is a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected. The difference between the contractually required payments and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference and is available to absorb future charge-offs.

 

In addition, subsequent to acquisition, we periodically evaluate our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations require the continued usage of key assumptions and estimates, similar to the initial estimate of fair value. Estimates of cash flows for PCI loans require significant judgment given the impact of property value changes, changing loss severities, prepayment speeds and other relevant factors. Decreases in the expected cash flows will generally result in a charge to the provision for loan losses resulting in an increase to the allowance for loan losses. Significant increases in the expected cash flows will generally result in an increase in interest income over the remaining life of the loan, or pool of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sales of loans to third parties, receipt of payments in full or part from the borrower or foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the PCI loan portfolio at its carrying amount.

 

At March 31, 2018, PCI loans represent loans acquired from County First, that were deemed credit impaired at the time of acquisition. PCI loans that had been classified as nonperforming loans by County First are no longer classified as nonperforming so long as, at acquisition and quarterly re-estimation periods, we believe we will fully collect the new carrying value of these loans. It is important to note that judgment regarding the timing and amount of cash flows to be collected is required to classify PCI loans as performing, even if the loan is contractually past due.

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Significant revenue has not been recognized in the current reporting period that results from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.

 

  7  

 

 

The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and dividends earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. The Company has evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income was not necessary. The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed; charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. Our accounting policies will not change materially since the principles of revenue recognition from the Accounting Standards Update are largely consistent with existing guidance and current practices applied by our business. The following is a discussion of revenues within the scope of the new guidance:

 

· Service fees on deposit accounts - The Company earns fees from its deposit clients for various transaction-based activities, account maintenance, and overdraft or non-sufficient funds (“NSF”). Transaction based fees, which include services such as stop payment charges, statement rendering, and ACH fees, are recognized at the time the transaction is executed as that is the point in time the Company fulfills the client' s request. Account maintenance fees, which relate primarily to monthly maintenance and account management, are earned over the course of a month, representing the period over which the Company satisfies the performance obligation. Overdraft and NSF fees are recognized at the point in time that the overdraft occurs or the NSF item is presented. Service charges on deposits are withdrawn from the client' s account balance.

 

· ATM and debit card income - The Company earns interchange fees from debit cardholder transactions conducted through the payment networks. Interchange fees from cardholder transactions represent a percentage of the underlying transaction value and are recognized daily, concurrently with the transaction processing services provided to the cardholder.

 

· Revenues from the sale of Other Real Estate Owned - ASC 606 required us to estimate income from the sale of OREO property that is under contract at year end. As a result, the Company could recognize revenue earlier under ASC 606 than under previous guidance. At December 31, 2017 there were no contracts for the sale of OREO property.

 

The Company’s’ revenue recognition pattern for revenue streams within the scope of ASU is not expected to change significantly from previous practice and was immaterial to our financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2017.

 

Accounting Standards

 

New Accounting Standards - Issued and Effective

 

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09 - The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09 in May 2014, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU replaces most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. The new standard was effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. Adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as the Company’s primary sources of revenues are derived from interest and dividends earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of ASU 2014-09. The Company’s revenue recognition pattern for revenue streams within the scope of ASU 2014-09, including but not limited to service charges on deposit accounts and gains/ losses on the sale of other real estate owned, did not change significantly from current practice. The standard permits the use of either the full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The Company elected to use the modified retrospective transition method which requires application of ASU 2014-09 to uncompleted contracts at the date of adoption however, periods prior to the date of adoption will not be retrospectively revised as the impact of the ASU on uncompleted contracts at the date of adoption was not material.

 

  8  

 

 

ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. ASU 2016-1, among other things, (i) requires equity investments, with certain exceptions, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (ii) simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment, (iii) eliminates the requirement for public business entities to disclose the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (iv) requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes, (v) requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments, (vi) requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or the accompanying notes to the financial statements and (viii) clarifies that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities. The Company’s management engaged a third-party expert in the field of valuation and reporting to assist management in the development of a process to ensure adequate documentation of financial controls and analysis performed in its review of “exit pricing” of the fair values of loans, deposits and other financial instruments. ASU 2016-1 was effective on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Notes 13 and 14 for further information regarding the valuations.

 

ASU 2018-02 Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220). ASU 2018-02. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Job Act (Tax Act) was signed into law. Under current U.S. GAAP, deferred tax assets and liabilities are to be adjusted for the effect of a change in tax laws or rates with the effect included in income from continuing operations in the reporting period that includes the enactment date. This accounting treatment resulted in the tax effect of items within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) not reflecting the appropriate tax rate. This ASU allows stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Act to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The Company early adopted this guidance during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, resulting in a reclassification of $196,000 from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings to adjust the tax effect of items within accumulated other comprehensive loss to reflect the newly enacted federal corporate income tax rate.

 

ASU 2016-15 - Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) – “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”. ASU 2016-15 is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how eight particular transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Entities will be required to apply the guidance retrospectively. If it is impracticable to apply the guidance retrospectively for an issue, the amendments related to that issue would be applied prospectively. As this guidance only affects the classification within the statement of cash flows, ASU 2016-15 did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. There were no material reclassifications to the Company’s cash flow statement for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory.” ASU 2016-16 provides guidance stating that an entity should recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. ASU 2016-16 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Restricted Cash.” ASU 2016-18 requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805) - Clarifying the Definition of a Business.” ASU 2017-01 clarifies the definition and provides a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities constitutes a business. ASU 2017-01 is intended to provide guidance when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements as the transaction to acquire County First was already clearly within the scope of ASC 805, “Business Combinations.”

 

ASU 2017-05, “Other Income - Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20) - Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets.” ASU 2017-05 clarifies the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and adds guidance for partial sales of nonfinancial assets, including partial sales of real estate. Historically, U.S. GAAP contained several different accounting models to evaluate whether the transfer of certain assets qualified for sale treatment. ASU 2017-05 reduces the number of potential accounting models that might apply and clarifies which model does apply in various circumstances. ASU 2017-05 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

  9  

 

 

ASU 2017-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718) - Scope of Modification Accounting.” ASU 2017-09 clarifies when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under ASU 2017-09, an entity will not apply modification accounting to a share-based payment award if all of the following are the same immediately before and after the change: (i) the award's fair value, (ii) the award's vesting conditions and (iii) the award's classification as an equity or liability instrument. ASU 2017-09 was effective for us on January 1, 2018 and did not have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

New Accounting Standards - Issued, But Not Yet Effective

 

ASU 2016-02 - Leases (Topic 842). In February 2016, the FASB amended existing guidance that requires lessees recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short term leases) at the commencement date (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

 

Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach.

 

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new accounting standard on the consolidated financial statements. Based on leases outstanding at December 31, 2017, the Company does not expect the updates to have a material impact on the income statement but does anticipate an increase in assets and liabilities. The Company will continue to evaluate the potential impact of ASU 2016-02 during 2018. This new standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019.

 

ASU 2016-13 - Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU No. 2016-13 significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model. The new model, referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model, will apply to: (1) financial assets subject to credit losses and measured at amortized cost, and (2) certain off-balance sheet credit exposures. This includes, but is not limited to, loans, leases, held-to-maturity securities, loan commitments, and financial guarantees. The CECL model does not apply to available-for-sale (“AFS”) debt securities. For AFS debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will measure credit losses in a manner similar to what they do today, except that the losses will be recognized as allowances rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. As a result, entities will recognize improvements to estimated credit losses immediately in earnings rather than as interest income over time, as they do today. The ASU also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. ASU 2016-13 also expands the disclosure requirements regarding an entity’s assumptions, models, and methods for estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, entities will need to disclose the amortized cost balance for each class of financial asset by credit quality indicator, disaggregated by the year of origination. Entities will apply the standard’s provisions as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective (i.e., modified retrospective approach).

 

The Company has formed a CECL committee that is assessing data and system needs in order to evaluate the impact of adopting the new standard. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective. We expect the adoption will result in a material increase to the allowance for loan losses balance. At this time, the impact is being evaluated.

 

ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, early adoption is permitted for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. This new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2020.

 

  10  

 

 

ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment.” ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test which required entities to compute the implied fair value of goodwill. Under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us on January 1, 2020, with earlier adoption permitted and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-08, “Receivables - Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) - Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities.” ASU 2017-08 shortens the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium to require such premiums to be amortized to the earliest call date unless applicable guidance related to certain pools of securities is applied to consider estimated prepayments. Under prior guidance, entities were generally required to amortize premiums on individual, non-pooled callable debt securities as a yield adjustment over the contractual life of the security. ASU 2017-08 does not change the accounting for callable debt securities held at a discount. ASU 2017-08 will be effective for us on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2017-08 on our financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities.” ASU 2017-12 amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation requirements in ASC 815 to improve the transparency and understandability of information conveyed to financial statement users about an entity’s risk management activities to better align the entity’s financial reporting for hedging relationships with those risk management activities and to reduce the complexity of and simplify the application of hedge accounting. ASU 2017-12 will be effective for us on January 1, 2019 and is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION AND GOODWILL

 

Business Combinations

Generally, acquisitions are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, “Business Combinations”. Both the purchased assets and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, especially the loan portfolio, is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding methods and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding fair values becomes available.

 

County First Bank

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its previously announced merger of County First Bank (“County First”) with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the Bank and County First. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of County First issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive 0.9543 shares of Company common stock and $2.20 in cash (the “Merger Consideration”). The $2.20 in cash represents the sum of (a) $1.00 in cash consideration (the “Cash Consideration”) plus (b) $1.20 in Contingent Cash Consideration that was determined before the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The aggregate merger consideration consisted of 918,526 shares of the Company’s common stock and $2.1 million in cash. Based upon the $38.78 per share price of the Company’s common stock, the transaction value was $37.7 million.

 

County First had five branch offices in La Plata, Waldorf, New Market, Prince Frederick and California, Maryland. The Bank intends to keep the La Plata branch open and consolidate the remaining four branches with legacy Community Bank of the Chesapeake branch offices in May of 2018.

 

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed from County First were recorded at their fair value as of the closing date of the merger. Goodwill of $10.3 million was recorded at the time of the acquisition.

 

  11  

 

 

The following table summarizes the consideration paid by the Company in the merger with County First and the amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 

(dollars in thousands)   As Recorded
by
County First
    Fair Value and Other
Merger Related
Adjustments
    As Recorded
by
the Company
 
                   
Consideration Paid                        
Cash                   $ 2,122  
Common shares issued                     35,620  
Fair Value of Total Consideration Transferred                   $ 37,742  
                         
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 34,409     $ -     $ 34,409  
Securities     38,861       (619 )     38,242  
Loans, net of allowance     142,404       (1,655 )     140,749  
Premises and equipment     2,980       776       3,756  
Core deposit intangibles     -       3,590       3,590  
Interest receivable     513       (12 )     501  
Bank owned life insurance     6,275       -       6,275  
Deferred tax asset     639       (502 )     137  
Other assets     586       -       586  
Total assets acquired   $ 226,667     $ 1,578     $ 228,245  
                         
Deposits   $ 199,210     $ 18     $ 199,228  
Other liabilities     1,449       103       1,552  
Total liabilities assumed   $ 200,659     $ 121     $ 200,780  
Net identifiable assets acquired   $ 26,008     $ 1,457     $ 27,465  
                         
Goodwill resulting from acquisition                   $ 10,277  

 

The following table presents certain pro forma information as if County First had been acquired on January 1, 2017. These results combine the historical results of County First in the Company’s consolidated statement of income and, while certain adjustments were made for the estimated impact of certain fair value adjustments and other acquisition-related activity, they are not indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2017. Merger and acquisition costs of $2.9 million (pre-tax) are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Company has not segregated County First earnings after the acquisition date as the bank’s operations have been merged into Community Bank of the Chesapeake and it would be impractical to do so. There are no assumptions about what merger related costs would have been in the proforma information below, only actual expenses are included in net income. Furthermore, additional expenses related to systems conversions and other costs of integration are expected to be recorded during 2018. Additionally, the Company expects to achieve further operating cost savings and other business synergies as a result of the acquisition which are not reflected in the pro forma amounts below:

 

    Proforma Results for the
Three Months Ended March 31, 2017
       
(dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)
  The Community
Financial Corporation
Actual
    County First
Actual
    Proforma
March 31, 2017
    Actual Results
Three Month Ended
March 31, 2018
 
                         
Total revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income)   $ 11,549     $ 2,068     $ 13,617     $ 13,921  
Net income     2,342       313       2,655       1,221  
Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.51     $ 0.34     $ 0.48     $ 0.22  

 

  12  

 

 

NOTE 3 – INCOME TAXES

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiaries. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws and when it is considered more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. It is the Company’s policy to recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense.

 

    The Months Ended  
    March 31,  
    2018     2017  
             
Current income tax expense   $ 480     $ 1,798  
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)     53       (350 )
income tax expense as reported   $ 533     $ 1,448  
                 
Effective tax rate     30.4 %     38.2 %

 

Net deferred tax assets totaled $5.6 million at March 31, 2018 and $5.9 million at December 31, 2017. No valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was recorded at March 31, 2018 as management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized against deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income.

 

The effective income tax rates differed from the U.S. statutory federal income tax rates of 21% and 35% during 2017 primarily due to the effect of merger related expenses, tax-exempt loans, life insurance policies and the income tax effects associated with stock-based compensation.

 

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted on December 22, 2017, as more fully discussed in the 2017 Form 10-K. Among other things, the new law established a new, flat corporate federal statutory income tax rate of 21%. As a result of the new law, we recognized a provisional net tax expense of $2.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2017. We will continue to analyze certain aspects of the new law and refine our calculations based on this analysis and future tax positions taken, which could affect the measurement of these assets and liabilities or give rise to new deferred tax amounts. There has been no change to the provisional net tax expense we recorded during the fourth quarter of 2017 for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

NOTE 4 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following tables present the components of comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. The Company’s comprehensive gains and losses and reclassification adjustments were solely for securities for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Reclassification adjustments are recorded in non-interest income.

  

    Three Months Ended March 31, 2018     Three Months Ended March 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax     Before Tax     Tax Effect     Net of Tax  
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period   $ (976 )   $ (269 )   $ (707 )   $ 210     $ 83     $ 127  
Reclassification adjustments     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Other comprehensive (loss) income   $ (976 )   $ (269 )   $ (707 )   $ 210     $ 83     $ 127  

 

  13  

 

 

The following table presents the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

    Three Months Ended         
March 31, 2018
    Three Months Ended        
March 31, 2017
 
(dollars in thousands)   Net Unrealized Gains And
Losses
    Net Unrealized Gains And
Losses
 
             
Beginning of period   $ (1,191 )   $ (928 )
Other comprehensive gains (losses), net of tax before reclassifications     (707 )     127  
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss     -       -  
Net other comprehensive (loss) income     (707 )     127  
End of period   $ (1,898 )   $ (801 )

 

The FASB issued ASU 2018-02 allowing companies to reclassify stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Job Act from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings. The Company early adopted this guidance during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and utilizing the portfolio method reclassified $196,000 from accumulated other comprehensive loss to retained earnings to eliminate the stranded tax effects.

 

NOTE 5 - EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)

 

Basic earnings per common share represent income available to common shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. Potential common shares that may have been issued by the Company related to outstanding stock options and were determined using the treasury stock method. The Company has not granted any stock options since 2007 and all outstanding options expired on July 17, 2017.

 

As of March 31, 2018 and 2017, there were 0 options, respectively, which were excluded from the calculation as their effect would be anti-dilutive, because the exercise price of the options was greater than the average market price of the common shares. Basic and diluted earnings per share have been computed based on weighted-average common and common equivalent shares outstanding as follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Net Income   $ 1,221     $ 2,342  
                 
Average number of common shares outstanding     5,547,715       4,628,357  
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents     -       2,041  
Average number of shares used to calculate diluted EPS     5,547,715       4,630,398  
                 
Earnings Per Common Share                
Basic   $ 0.22     $ 0.51  
Diluted     0.22       0.51  

 

  14  

 

  

NOTE 6 - STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company has stock-based incentive arrangements to attract and retain key personnel. In May 2015, the 2015 Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by shareholders, which authorizes the issuance of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, stock units and stock options to the Board of Directors and key employees. Compensation expense for service-based awards is recognized over the vesting period. Performance-based awards are recognized based on a vesting schedule and the probability of achieving goals specified at the time of the grant. The 2015 Plan replaced the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan.

 

Stock-based compensation expense totaled $105,000 and $113,000, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017. Stock-based compensation expense consisted of the vesting of grants of restricted stock.

 

The Company has not granted any stock options since 2007 and all outstanding options expired on July 17, 2017. The fair value of the Company’s outstanding employee stock options were estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company estimated expected market price volatility and expected term of the options based on historical data and other factors. The exercise price for options granted is set at the discretion of the committee administering the Plan, but is not less than the market value of the shares as of the date of grant. An option’s maximum term is 10 years and the options vest at the discretion of the committee. Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding.

 

The following table below summarize option activity and outstanding and exercisable options at and for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

          Weighted           Weighted-Average  
          Average     Aggregate     Contractual Life  
          Exercise     Intrinsic     Remaining In  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   Shares     Price     Value     Years  
                         
Outstanding at January 1, 2017     15,081     $ 27.70     $ -          
Exercised     (14,231 )     27.70       134          
Expired     (350 )     27.70       -          
Forfeited     (500 )     27.70       -          
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017     -     $ -     $ -       -  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2017     -     $ -     $ -       -  

 

The Company granted restricted stock in accordance with the Plan. The vesting period for outstanding granted restricted stock is between three and five years. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, unrecognized stock compensation expense was $655,000 and $521,000, respectively. The following tables summarize the unvested restricted stock awards outstanding at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

    Restricted Stock  
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
             
Nonvested at January 1, 2018     32,809     $ 22.61  
Granted     6,662       37.23  
Vested     (15,413 )     21.87  
Cancelled     (326 )     26.11  
                 
Nonvested at March 31, 2018     23,732     $ 27.05  

 

  15  

 

  

    Restricted Stock  
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
             
Nonvested at January 1, 2017     47,881     $ 20.41  
Granted     6,752       30.20  
Vested     (21,738 )     20.13  
Cancelled     (86 )     20.75  
                 
Nonvested at December 31, 2017     32,809     $ 22.61  

  

NOTE 7 - GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (“TRUPs”)

 

On June 15, 2005, Tri-County Capital Trust II (“Capital Trust II”), a Delaware business trust formed, funded and wholly owned by the Company, issued $5.0 million of variable-rate capital securities in a private pooled transaction. The variable rate is based on the 90-day LIBOR rate plus 1.70%. The Trust used the proceeds from this issuance, along with the $155,000 for Capital Trust II’s common securities, to purchase $5.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the debentures and the trust preferred securities is variable and adjusts quarterly. These capital securities qualify as Tier I capital and are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Junior Subordinated Debentures.” Both the capital securities of Capital Trust II and the junior subordinated debentures are scheduled to mature on June 15, 2035, unless called by the Company.

 

On July 22, 2004, Tri-County Capital Trust I (“Capital Trust I”), a Delaware business trust formed, funded and wholly owned by the Company, issued $7.0 million of variable-rate capital securities in a private pooled transaction. The variable rate is based on the 90-day LIBOR rate plus 2.60%. The Trust used the proceeds from this issuance, along with the Company’s $217,000 capital contribution for Capital Trust I’s common securities, to purchase $7.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the debentures and the trust preferred securities is variable and adjusts quarterly. These debentures qualify as Tier I capital and are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as “Guaranteed Preferred Beneficial Interests in Junior Subordinated Debentures.” Both the capital securities of Capital Trust I and the junior subordinated debentures are scheduled to mature on July 22, 2034, unless called by the Company.

 

NOTE 8 – SUBORDINATED NOTES

 

On February 6, 2015 the Company issued $23.0 million of unsecured 6.25% fixed to floating rate subordinated notes due February 15, 2025 (“subordinated notes”). On February 13, 2015, the Company used proceeds of the offering to redeem all $20 million of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock issued under the Small Business Lending Fund (“SBLF”) program. The subordinated notes qualify as Tier 2 regulatory capital and replaced SBLF Tier 1 capital. The subordinated notes are not listed on any securities exchange or included in any automated dealer quotation system and there is no market for the notes. The notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt, whether secured or unsecured. The notes are not guaranteed obligations of any of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

Interest will accrue at a fixed per annum rate of 6.25% from and including the issue date to but excluding February 15, 2020. From and including February 15, 2020 to but excluding the maturity date interest will accrue at a floating rate equal to the three-month LIBOR plus 479 basis points. Interest is payable on the notes on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2015, through February 15, 2020, and thereafter February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year through the maturity date or earlier redemption date.

 

  16  

 

 

The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part on February 15, 2020 or on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter and upon the occurrence of certain special events. The redemption price is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. Any partial redemption will be made pro rata among all holders of the subordinated notes. The subordinated notes are not subject to repayment at the option of the holders. The subordinated notes may be redeemed at any time, if (1) a change or prospective change in law occurs that could prevent the Company from deducting interest payable on the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (2) a subsequent event occurs that precludes the notes from being recognized as Tier 2 Capital for regulatory capital purposes, or (3) the Company is required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

NOTE 9 - OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED (“OREO”)

 

OREO assets are presented net of the valuation allowance. The Company considers OREO as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs. An analysis of the activity follows.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,     Years Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2017  
Balance at beginning of year   $ 9,341     $ 7,763     $ 7,763  
Additions of underlying property     101       -       3,634  
Disposals of underlying property     -       (820 )     (1,456 )
Valuation allowance     (90 )     (196 )     (600 )
Balance at end of period   $ 9,352     $ 6,747     $ 9,341  

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, OREO additions were $101,000 and $0, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, there were no disposals of OREO. The Company disposed of three residential properties and three residential lots for proceeds of $846,000 and a gain of $27,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Bank provided $200,000 in financing for one residential property and the three residential lots which were transferred from OREO to loans during the first quarter of 2017. The transaction qualified for full accrual sales treatment under ASC Topic 360-20-40 “Property Plant and Equipment – Derecognition.

 

The Company had $122,000 of impaired loans secured by residential real estate for which formal foreclosure proceedings were in process as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

Additions to the valuation allowances of $90,000 and $196,000 were taken to adjust properties to current appraised values for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs. Expenses applicable to OREO assets included the following.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017  
Valuation allowance   $ 90     $ 196  
Operating expenses     24       (1 )
    $ 114     $ 195  

 

  17  

 

 

NOTE 10 – SECURITIES

 

    March 31, 2018  
    Amortized     Gross
Unrealized
    Gross
Unrealized
    Estimated  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
Securities available for sale (AFS)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential Mortgage Backed Securities ("MBS")   $ 7,088     $ -     $ 291     $ 6,797  
Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs")     49,343       13       1,789       47,567  
U.S. Agency     12,542       -       507       12,035  
Other investments     4,670       -       45       4,625  
Total securities available for sale   $ 73,643     $ 13     $ 2,632     $ 71,024  
                                 
Securities held to maturity (HTM)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 28,307     $ 109     $ 754     $ 27,662  
Residential CMOs     52,434       75       1,393       51,116  
U.S. Agency     8,492       -       307       8,185  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others:                                
Residential CMOs     612       -       49       563  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     5,015       -       105       4,910  
Certificates of Deposit Fixed     2,342       -       -       2,342  
U.S. government obligations     996       -       -       996  
Total securities held to maturity   $ 98,198     $ 184     $ 2,608     $ 95,774  

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Amortized     Gross
Unrealized
    Gross
Unrealized
    Estimated  
(dollars in thousands)   Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
Securities available for sale (AFS)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 7,265     $ -     $ 178     $ 7,087  
Residential CMOs     45,283       12       1,158       44,137  
U.S. Agency     12,863       -       346       12,517  
Corporate equity securities     37       -       -       37  
Bond mutual funds     4,480       27       -       4,507  
Total securities available for sale   $ 69,928     $ 39     $ 1,682     $ 68,285  
                                 
Securities held to maturity (HTM)                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
Residential MBS   $ 29,113     $ 135     $ 261     $ 28,987  
Residential CMOs     54,805       62       845       54,022  
U.S. Agency     8,660       -       235       8,425  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others:                                
Residential CMOs     651       -       52       599  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     5,017       -       43       4,974  
U.S. government obligations     1,000       -       -       1,000  
Total securities held to maturity   $ 99,246     $ 197     $ 1,436     $ 98,007  

 

  18  

 

 

At March 31, 2018, securities with an amortized cost of $35.0 million were pledged to secure certain customer deposits. At March 31, 2018, securities with an amortized cost of $3.8 million were pledged as collateral for advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta.

 

At March 31, 2018, greater than 99% of the asset-backed securities and agency bond portfolio was rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent credit rating from another major rating agency. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 4.94 years and average duration of 4.34 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk. HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 5.06 years and average duration of 4.42 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk.

 

At December 31, 2017, securities with an amortized cost of $31.5 million were pledged to secure certain customer deposits. At December 31, 2017, securities with an amortized cost of $4.0 million were pledged as collateral for advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta.

 

At December 31, 2017, greater than 99% of the asset-backed securities and agency bond portfolio was rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent credit rating from another major rating agency. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 4.74 years and average duration of 4.22 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk. HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies had an average life of 4.95 years and average duration of 4.39 years and are guaranteed by their issuer as to credit risk.

 

Management believes that AFS securities with unrealized losses will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold these securities to maturity. Because our intention is not to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments, management considers the unrealized losses in the AFS portfolio to be temporary.

 

The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold the HTM securities with unrealized losses until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Because our intention is not to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, management considers the unrealized losses in the held-to-maturity portfolio to be temporary.

 

No charges related to other-than-temporary impairment were made during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, there were no securities sold from the Company’s legacy securities’ portfolios. The Company liquidated most of the acquired County First securities immediately after the legal merger and retained only the certificates of deposit fixed portfolio with an amortized cost of $2.3 million at March 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2017 the Company recognized net gains on the sale of securities of $175,000. The Company sold three AFS securities with aggregate carrying values of $3.7 million and nine HTM securities with aggregate carrying values of $4.8 million, recognizing gains of $9,000 and $166,000, respectively.

 

The sale of HTM securities is permitted under ASC 320 “Investments - Debt Securities.” ASC 320 permits the sale of HTM securities for certain changes in circumstances. The Company will dispose of HTM securities using the safe harbor rule that allows for the sale of HTM securities that have principal payments paid down to less than 15% of original purchased par. ASC 320 10-25-15 indicates that a sale of a debt security after a substantial portion of the principal has been collected is equivalent to holding the security to maturity. In addition, the Company may dispose of HTM securities under ASC 320-10-25-6 due to a significant deterioration in the issues’ creditworthiness.

 

  19  

 

 

AFS Securities

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual AFS securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at March 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

 

March 31, 2018   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 28,029     $ 669     $ 37,629     $ 1,918     $ 65,658     $ 2,587  
Other investments     4,377       45       -       -       4,377       45  
    $ 32,406     $ 714     $ 37,629     $ 1,918     $ 70,035     $ 2,632  

 

At March 31, 2018, the AFS investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $71.0 million on an amortized cost of $73.6 million. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs are guaranteed by the issuer and AFS U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies with unrealized losses had an average life of 4.92 years and an average duration of 4.32 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed.

 

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual AFS securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2017   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 24,571     $ 328     $ 38,428     $ 1,354     $ 62,999     $ 1,682  

 

At December 31, 2017, the AFS investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $68.3 million on an amortized cost of $69.9 million. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs are guaranteed by the issuer and AFS U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. AFS asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies with unrealized losses had an average life of 4.71 years and an average duration of 4.20 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed.

 

HTM Securities

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual HTM securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at March 31, 2018 were as follows:

 

March 31, 2018   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies     33,722       754       42,803       1,700       76,525       2,454  
Callable GSE Agency Bonds     4,910       105       -       -       4,910       105  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others     -       -       563       49       563       49  
    $ 38,632     $ 859     $ 43,366     $ 1,749     $ 81,998     $ 2,608  

 

At March 31, 2018, the HTM investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $95.8 million on an amortized cost of $98.2 million. Of these securities, $81.4 million were asset-backed securities or bonds issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and $563,000 were asset-backed securities issued by others.

 

  20  

 

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and GSE agency bonds are guaranteed by the issuer and HTM U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The securities with unrealized losses had an average life of 4.88 years and an average duration of 4.29 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold these securities to maturity.

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by others are collateralized mortgage obligation securities. The securities have credit support tranches that absorb losses prior to the tranches that the Company owns. The Company reviews credit support positions on its securities regularly. HTM asset-backed securities issued by others with unrealized losses had an average life of 3.13 years and an average duration of 2.57 years.

 

Gross unrealized losses and estimated fair value by length of time that the individual HTM securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

December 31, 2017   Less Than 12     More Than 12              
    Months     Months     Total  
(dollars in thousands)   Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Losses
 
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies   $ 36,607     $ 254     $ 45,119     $ 1,130     $ 81,726     $ 1,384  
Asset-backed securities issued by Others     -       -       599       52       599       52  
    $ 36,607     $ 254     $ 45,718     $ 1,182     $ 82,325     $ 1,436  

 

At December 31, 2017, the HTM investment portfolio had an estimated fair value of $98.0 million on an amortized cost of $99.2 million. Of these securities, $81.7 million were asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and $599,000 were asset-backed securities issued by others.

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and GSE agency bonds are guaranteed by the issuer and HTM U.S. government agency securities and bonds are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. The securities with unrealized losses had an average life of 5.02 years and an average duration of 4.43 years. Management believes that the securities will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold these securities to maturity.

 

HTM asset-backed securities issued by others are collateralized mortgage obligation securities. The securities have credit support tranches that absorb losses prior to the tranches that the Company owns. The Company reviews credit support positions on its securities regularly. HTM asset-backed securities issued by others with unrealized losses had an average life of 3.20 years and an average duration of 2.66 years.

 

  21  

 

 

Credit Quality of Asset-Backed Securities and Agency Bonds

 

The tables below present the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or equivalent credit rating from other major rating agencies for AFS and HTM asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and others or bonds issued by GSEs or U.S. government agencies at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 by carrying value. The Company considers noninvestment grade securities rated BB+ or lower as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting. GSE asset-backed securities and GSE agency bonds with S&P AA+ ratings were treated as AAA based on regulatory guidance.

 

March 31, 2018   December 31, 2017
Credit Rating   Amount     Credit Rating   Amount  
(dollars in thousands)
AAA   $ 163,985     AAA   $ 162,337  
BB     612     BB     651  
B+     -     B+     -  
Total   $ 164,597     Total   $ 162,988  

 

  22  

 

  

NOTE 11 – LOANS

 

Loans consist of the following:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   PCI     All other
loans**
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 1,537     $ 816,038     $ 817,576       63.88 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %
Residential first mortgages     -       166,390       166,390       13.00 %     170,374       14.81 %
Residential rentals     1,756       127,271       129,026       10.08 %     110,228       9.58 %
Construction and land development     110       28,116       28,226       2.21 %     27,871       2.42 %
Home equity and second mortgages     468       39,013       39,481       3.09 %     21,351       1.86 %
Commercial loans     -       52,198       52,198       4.08 %     56,417       4.91 %
Consumer loans     -       853       853       0.07 %     573       0.05 %
Commercial equipment     -       45,905       45,905       3.59 %     35,916       3.12 %
Gross loans     3,871       1,275,784       1,279,655       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     -       1,118       1,118       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 3,871     $ 1,276,902     $ 1,280,773             $ 1,151,130          
Less: allowance for loan losses     -       (10,471 )     (10,471 )     -0.82 %     (10,515 )     -0.91 %
Net loans   $ 3,871     $ 1,266,431     $ 1,270,302             $ 1,140,615          

 

**All other loans include acquired Non-PCI pools at fair value.

 

At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses totaled $10.5 million and $10.5 million, or 0.82% and 0.91%, respectively, of loan balances. Allowance for loan loss levels decreased in first quarter of 2018, primarily due to the addition of County First loans, after consummation of the legal merger on January 1, 2018, for which no allowance was provided for in accordance with purchase accounting standards. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a periodic evaluation of the portfolio with consideration given to the overall loss experience, current economic conditions, size, growth and composition of the loan portfolio, financial condition of the borrowers and other relevant factors that, in management’s judgment, warrant recognition in providing an adequate allowance.

 

Net deferred loan fees and premiums of $1.1 million at March 31, 2018 included net deferred fees paid by customers of $2.8 million offset by net deferred premiums paid for the purchase of residential first mortgages and deferred costs of $3.9 million. Net deferred loan fees and premiums of $1.1 million at December 31, 2017 included net deferred fees paid by customers of $2.8 million offset by net deferred premiums paid for the purchase of residential first mortgages and deferred costs of $3.9 million.

 

Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments

Concentrations of Credit - Loans are primarily made within the Company’s operating footprint of Southern Maryland, Annapolis Maryland and the greater Fredericksburg area of Virginia. Real estate loans can be affected by the condition of the local real estate market. Commercial and industrial loans can be affected by the local economic conditions. The commercial loan portfolio has concentrations in business loans secured by real estate and real estate development loans. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had no loans outstanding with foreign entities.

 

The Company manages its credit products and exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments (classes), which are levels at which the Company develops and documents its allowance for loan loss methodology. These segments are:

 

Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”)

Commercial and other real estate projects include office buildings, retail locations, churches, other special purpose buildings and commercial construction. Commercial construction balances were 7.1% and 6.2% of the CRE portfolio at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans under these product lines. The primary security on a commercial real estate loan is the real property and the leases that produce income for the real property. Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price at origination and have an initial contractual loan payment period ranging from three to 20 years.

 

  23  

 

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate are larger and involve greater risks than one-to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

Residential First Mortgages

Residential first mortgage loans are generally long-term loans, amortized on a monthly basis, with principal and interest due each month. The contractual loan payment period for residential loans typically ranges from ten to 30 years. The Bank’s experience indicates that real estate loans remain outstanding for significantly shorter time periods than their contractual terms. Borrowers may refinance or prepay loans at their option, without penalty. The Bank’s residential portfolio has both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential first mortgages. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, the Bank purchased residential first mortgages of $963,000 and $25.5 million, respectively.

  

The annual and lifetime limitations on interest rate adjustments may limit the increases in interest rates on these loans. There are also credit risks resulting from potential increased costs to the borrower as a result of repricing of adjustable-rate mortgage loans. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest cost to the borrower. The Bank’s adjustable rate residential first mortgage portfolio was $56.2 million or 4.4% of total gross loans of $1.28 billion at March 31, 2018 compared to $56.9 million or 5.0% of total gross loans of $1.15 billion at December 31, 2017.

 

Residential Rentals

Residential rental mortgage loans are amortizing, with principal and interest due each month. The loans are secured by income-producing 1-4 family units and apartments. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $104.0 million and $85.0 million, respectively, were 1-4 family units and $25.0 million and $25.2 million, respectively, were apartment buildings. Loans secured by residential rental properties are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or sales price at origination and have an initial contractual loan payment period ranging from three to 20 years. The primary security on a residential rental loan is the property and the leases that produce income. During periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on adjustable-rate mortgage loans may increase due to the upward adjustment of interest cost to the borrower. The Bank’s adjustable rate residential rental portfolio was $100.1 million or 7.8% of total gross loans of $1.28 billion at March 31, 2018 compared to $93.4 million or 8.1% of total gross loans of $1.15 billion at December 31, 2017.

 

Loans secured by residential rental properties involve greater risks than 1-4 family residential mortgage loans. Although, there are similar risk characteristics shared with commercial real estate loans, the balances for the loans secured by residential rental properties are generally smaller. Because payments on loans secured by residential rental properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the rental real estate market or the economy than similar owner-occupied properties.

 

Construction and Land Development

The Bank offers loans for the construction of one-to-four family dwellings. Generally, these loans are secured by the real estate under construction as well as by guarantees of the principals involved. In addition, the Bank offers loans to acquire and develop land, as well as loans on undeveloped, subdivided lots for home building.

 

A decline in demand for new housing might adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay these loans. Construction and land development loans are inherently riskier than providing financing on owner-occupied real estate. The Bank’s risk of loss is affected by the accuracy of the initial estimate of the market value of the completed project as well as the accuracy of the cost estimates made to complete the project. In addition, the volatility of the real estate market has made it increasingly difficult to ensure that the valuation of land associated with these loans is accurate. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, the Bank may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, a project’s value might be insufficient to assure full repayment. As a result of these factors, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the Bank forecloses on a project, there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs.

 

  24  

 

 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Loans

The Bank maintains a portfolio of home equity and second mortgage loans. These products contain a higher risk of default than residential first mortgages as in the event of foreclosure, the first mortgage would need to be paid off prior to collection of the second mortgage. This risk is heightened as the market value of residential property has not fully returned to pre-financial crisis levels and interest rates began to increase in 2017.

 

Commercial Loans

The Bank offers commercial loans to its business customers. The Bank offers a variety of commercial loan products including term loans and lines of credit. Such loans are generally made for terms of five years or less. The Bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans under these product lines. When making commercial business loans, the Bank considers the financial condition of the borrower, the borrower’s payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the projected cash flows of the business, the viability of the industry in which the borrower operates, the value of the collateral, and the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. These loans are primarily secured by equipment, real property, accounts receivable or other security as determined by the Bank.

 

Commercial loans are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

 

Consumer Loans

Consumer loans consist of loans secured by automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles and trucks. The Bank also makes home improvement loans and offers both secured and unsecured personal lines of credit. Consumer loans entail greater risk from other loan types due to being secured by rapidly depreciating assets or the reliance on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.

 

Commercial Equipment Loans

These loans consist primarily of fixed-rate, short-term loans collateralized by a commercial customer’s equipment or secured by real property, accounts receivable, or other security as determined by the Bank. When making commercial equipment loans, the Bank considers the same factors it considers when underwriting a commercial business loan. Commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flows of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. In the case of business failure, collateral would need to be liquidated to provide repayment for the loan. In many cases, the highly specialized nature of collateral equipment would make full recovery from the sale of collateral problematic.

 

Non-accrual and Aging Analysis of Current and Past Due Loans

Non-accrual loans as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

    March 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   90 or Greater
Days
Delinquent
    Number
of Loans
    Non-accrual
Only Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Total
Non-accrual
Loans
    Total
Number
of Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 4,271       6     $ 822       3     $ 5,093       9  
Residential first mortgages     436       3       496       1       932       4  
Residential rentals     84       1       719       3       803       4  
Construction and land development     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity and second mortgages     125       2       121       1       246       3  
Commercial loans     1,063       3       -       -       1,063       3  
Consumer loans     1       1       -       -       1       1  
Commercial equipment     301       2       -       -       301       2  
    $ 6,281       18     $ 2,158       8     $ 8,439       26  

 

  25  

 

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   90 or Greater
Days
Delinquent
    Number
of Loans
    Non-accrual
Only Loans
    Number
of Loans
    Total
Non-accrual
Loans
    Total
Number
of Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 1,148       4     $ 839       3     $ 1,987       7  
Residential first mortgages     478       3       507       1       985       4  
Residential rentals     84       1       741       3       825       4  
Construction and land development     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Home equity and second mortgages     134       3       123       1       257       4  
Commercial loans     172       2       -       -       172       2  
Consumer loans     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Commercial equipment     467       3       -       -       467       3  
    $ 2,483       16     $ 2,210       8     $ 4,693       24  

 

Non-accrual loans (90 days or greater delinquent and non-accrual only loans) increased $3.7 million from $4.7 million or 0.41% of total loans at December 31, 2017 to $8.4 million or 0.66% of total loans at March 31, 2018. Non-accrual loans can be current, but classified as non-accrual due to customer operating results or payment history. All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. In accordance with the Company’s policy, interest income is recognized on a cash basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.

 

At March 31, 2018, non-accrual loans of $8.4 million included 26 loans, of which $6.3 million, or 75% represented 9 loans and four customer relationships. At December 31, 2017, non-accrual loans of $4.7 million included 24 loans, of which $3.3 million, or 71% represented 10 loans and five customer relationships. During the year ended December 31, 2017 non-accrual loans decreased $3.0 million due to the foreclosure of a stalled residential development project. The Bank is working with a construction manager to stabilize and market the project. Before the foreclosure, the loans in this relationship were troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”). Additionally, during the third quarter of 2017, non-accrual loans decreased $607,000 due to the foreclosure of a commercial office building.

 

Non-accrual loans included one TDR totaling $730,000 and $769,000 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. This loan is classified solely as non-accrual for the calculation of financial ratios. Loan delinquency (90 days or greater delinquent and 31-89 days delinquent) decreased $198,000 from $11.7 million, or 1.02% of loans, at December 31, 2017 to $11.5 million, or 0.90% of loans, at March 31, 2018.

 

Non-accrual loans on which the recognition of interest has been discontinued, which did not have a specific allowance for impairment, amounted to $7.1 million and $3.8 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Interest due but not recognized on these balances at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $161,000 and $85,000, respectively. Non-accrual loans with a specific allowance for impairment on which the recognition of interest has been discontinued amounted to $1.3 million and $876,000 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Interest due but not recognized on these balances at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $88,000 and $100,000, respectively.

 

  26  

 

 

The Company considers a loan to be past due or delinquent when the terms of the contractual obligation are not met by the borrower. PCI loans are included as a single category in the table below as management believes, regardless of their age, there is a lower likelihood of aggregate loss related to these loan pools. Additionally, PCI loans are discounted to allow for the accretion of income on a level yield basis over the life of the loan based on expected cash flows. Regardless of payment status, the associated discount on these loan pools results in income recognition.

 

Past due and PCI loans as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

    March 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   31-60
Days
    61-89
Days
    90 or Greater
Days
    Total
Past Due
    PCI Loans     Current     Total
Loan
Receivables
 
Commercial real estate   $ 3,084     $ -     $ 4,271     $ 7,355     $ 1,537     $ 808,684     $ 817,576  
Residential first mortgages     447       -       436       883       -       165,507       166,390  
Residential rentals     244       -       84       328       1,756       126,942       129,026  
Construction and land dev.     -       -       -       -       110       28,116       28,226  
Home equity and second mtg.     19       -       125       144       468       38,869       39,481  
Commercial loans     123       -       1,063       1,186       -       51,012       52,198  
Consumer loans     -       -       1       1       -       852       853  
Commercial equipment     325       989       301       1,615       -       44,290       45,905  
Total   $ 4,242     $ 989     $ 6,281     $ 11,512     $ 3,871     $ 1,264,272     $ 1,279,655  

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   31-60
Days
    61-89
Days
    90 or Greater
Days
    Total
Past Due
    PCI Loans     Current     Total
Loan
Receivables
 
Commercial real estate   $ -     $ 6,711     $ 1,148     $ 7,859     $ -     $ 719,455     $ 727,314  
Residential first mortgages     -       68       478       546       -       169,828       170,374  
Residential rentals     -       207       84       291       -       109,937       110,228  
Construction and land dev.     -       -       -       -       -       27,871       27,871  
Home equity and second mtg.     19       18       134       171       -       21,180       21,351  
Commercial loans     892       299       172       1,363       -       55,054       56,417  
Consumer loans     -       1       -       1       -       572       573  
Commercial equipment     1,012       -       467       1,479       -       34,437       35,916  
Total   $ 1,923     $ 7,304     $ 2,483     $ 11,710     $ -     $ 1,138,334     $ 1,150,044  

 

  27  

 

 

Impaired Loans and Troubled Debt Restructures (“TDRs”)

Impaired loans, including TDRs, at March 31, 2018 and 2017 and at December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

    March 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   Unpaid
Contractual
Principal Balance
    Recorded
Investment With No
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment With
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    Quarter
Average Recorded
Investment
    Quarter
Interest Income
Recognized
 
                                           
Commercial real estate   $ 27,398     $ 25,156     $ 1,750     $ 26,906     $ 290     $ 26,964     $ 279  
Residential first mortgages     2,435       1,916       454       2,370       2       2,403       23  
Residential rentals     1,424       1,401       -       1,401       -       1,428       16  
Construction and land dev.     729       -       729       729       210       729       10  
Home equity and second mtg.     309       306       -       306       -       309       2  
Commercial loans     3,008       1,889       1,061       2,950       419       2,950       20  
Commercial equipment     1,333       1,023       301       1,324       239       1,341       12  
Total   $ 36,637     $ 31,691     $ 4,296     $ 35,987     $ 1,161     $ 36,125     $ 362  

 

    December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Unpaid
Contractual
Principal Balance
    Recorded
Investment With No
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment With
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    YTD Average
Recorded Investment
    YTD Interest
Income
Recognized
 
                                           
Commercial real estate   $ 33,180     $ 30,921     $ 2,008     $ 32,929     $ 370     $ 33,575     $ 1,379  
Residential first mortgages     2,455       1,978       459       2,437       2       2,479       91  
Residential rentals     2,389       1,981       395       2,376       18       2,432       111  
Construction and land dev.     729       -       729       729       163       729       26  
Home equity and second mtg.     317       317       -       317       -       318       12  
Commercial loans     3,010       2,783       168       2,951       168       3,048       137  
Commercial equipment     1,538       1,048       467       1,515       303       1,578       73  
Total   $ 43,618     $ 39,028     $ 4,226     $ 43,254     $ 1,024     $ 44,159     $ 1,829  

 

  28  

 

  

    March 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Unpaid
Contractual
Principal Balance
    Recorded
Investment With No
Allowance
    Recorded
Investment With
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    Quarter
Average Recorded
Investment
    Quarter
Interest Income
Recognized
 
                                           
Commercial real estate   $ 20,300     $ 15,543     $ 4,564     $ 20,107     $ 795     $ 20,213     $ 225  
Residential first mortgages     2,534       2,035       472       2,507       17       2,523       28  
Residential rentals     3,320       2,750       570       3,320       71       3,379       30  
Construction and land dev.     4,304       2,926       851       3,777       188       3,777       3  
Home equity and second mtg.     232       232       -       232       -       233       1  
Commercial loans     3,088       2,832       169       3,001       169       3,029       28  
Commercial equipment     648       112       500       612       425       633       8  
Total   $ 34,426     $ 26,430     $ 7,126     $ 33,556     $ 1,665     $ 33,787     $ 323  

 

  29  

 

 

TDRs, included in the impaired loan schedules above, as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Dollars     Number
of Loans
    Dollars     Number
of Loans
 
                         
Commercial real estate   $ 9,175       9     $ 9,273       9  
Residential first mortgages     522       2       527       2  
Residential rentals     219       1       221       1  
Construction and land development     729       2       729       2  
Commercial loans     4       1       4       1  
Commercial equipment     34       1       36       1  
Total TDRs   $ 10,683       16     $ 10,790       16  
Less: TDRs included in non-accrual loans     (730 )     (1 )     (769 )     (1 )
Total accrual TDR loans   $ 9,953       15     $ 10,021       15  

 

TDRs decreased $107,000 due to principal paydowns for the three months ended March 31, 2018. There were no TDRs added or disposed of during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Company had specific reserves of $448,000 on six TDRs totaling $2.8 million at March 31, 2018. The Company had specific reserves of $413,000 on seven TDRs totaling $3.0 million at December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2017, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by seven loans totaling $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of the stalled residential development project mentioned previously. TDR loan principal curtailment was $385,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

  30  

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following tables detail activity in the allowance for loan losses at and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. An allocation of the allowance to one category of loans does not prevent the Company from using that allowance to absorb losses in a different category.

 

    March 31, 2018  
(dollars in thousands)   Beginning
Balance
    Charge-offs     Recoveries     Provisions     Ending
Balance
 
Three Months Ended                                        
Commercial real estate   $ 6,451     $ (236 )   $ 2     $ 447     $ 6,664  
Residential first mortgages     1,144       (37 )     -       (170 )     937  
Residential rentals     512       -       -       (53 )     459  
Construction and land development     462       -       -       20       482  
Home equity and second mortgages     162       (7 )     9       (46 )     118  
Commercial loans     1,013       -       -       32       1,045  
Consumer loans     7       (1 )     -       1       7  
Commercial equipment     764       (299 )     25       269       759  
    $ 10,515     $ (580 )   $ 36     $ 500     $ 10,471  
                                         
Purchase Credit Impaired**   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

 

** There is no allowance for loan loss on the PCI porfolios as of March 31, 2018. A more detailed rollforward schedule will be presented if an allowance is required.

 

    March 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Beginning
Balance
    Charge-offs     Recoveries     Provisions     Ending
Balance
 
Three Months Ended                                        
Commercial real estate   $ 5,212     $ -     $ 5     $ (38 )   $ 5,179  
Residential first mortgages     1,406       -       -       22       1,428  
Residential rentals     362       -       -       (8 )     354  
Construction and land development     941       -       -       (50 )     891  
Home equity and second mortgages     138       -       -       (62 )     76  
Commercial loans     794       -       1       (6 )     789  
Consumer loans     3       (2 )     -       4       5  
Commercial equipment     1,004       (146 )     11       518       1,387  
    $ 9,860     $ (148 )   $ 17     $ 380     $ 10,109  

 

  31  

 

 

The following tables detail loan receivable and allowance balances disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology at March 31, 2018 and 2017 and December 31, 2017.

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     March 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Ending balance:
individually
evaluated for
impairment
    Ending balance:
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
    Purchase
Credit
Impaired
    Total     Ending balance:
individually
evaluated for
impairment
    Ending balance:
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
    Total     Ending balance:
individually
evaluated for
impairment
    Ending balance:
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
    Total  
Loan Receivables:                                                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 26,906     $ 789,133     $ 1,537     $ 817,576     $ 32,929     $ 694,385     $ 727,314     $ 20,107     $ 657,098     $ 677,205  
Residential first mortgages     2,370       164,020       -       166,390       2,437       167,937       170,374       2,507       176,396       178,903  
Residential rentals     1,401       125,869       1,756       129,026       2,376       107,852       110,228       3,320       97,571       100,891  
Construction and land development     729       27,387       110       28,226       729       27,142       27,871       3,777       33,984       37,761  
Home equity and second mortgages     306       38,707       468       39,481       317       21,034       21,351       232       21,160       21,392  
Commercial loans     2,950       49,248       -       52,198       2,951       53,466       56,417       3,001       52,090       55,091  
Consumer loans     1       852       -       853       -       573       573       -       439       439  
Commercial equipment     1,324       44,581       -       45,905       1,515       34,401       35,916       612       41,448       42,060  
    $ 35,987     $ 1,239,797     $ 3,871     $ 1,279,655     $ 43,254     $ 1,106,790     $ 1,150,044     $ 33,556     $ 1,080,186     $ 1,113,742  
                                                                                 
Allowance for loan losses:                                                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 290     $ 6,374     $ -     $ 6,664     $ 370     $ 6,081     $ 6,451     $ 795     $ 4,384     $ 5,179  
Residential first mortgages     2       935       -       937       2       1,142       1,144       17       1,411       1,428  
Residential rentals     -       459       -       459       18       494       512       71       283       354  
Construction and land development     210       272       -       482       163       299       462       188       703       891  
Home equity and second mortgages     -       118       -       118       -       162       162       -       76       76  
Commercial loans     419       626       -       1,045       168       845       1,013       169       620       789  
Consumer loans     1       6       -       7       -       7       7       -       5       5  
Commercial equipment     239       520       -       759       303       461       764       425       962       1,387  
    $ 1,161     $ 9,310     $ -     $ 10,471     $ 1,024     $ 9,491     $ 10,515     $ 1,665     $ 8,444     $ 10,109  

 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company expanded its factor scoring categories from three levels to five levels to capture additional movements in qualitative factors used to calculate the general allowance of each portfolio segment. No additional qualitative factors were added to the Company’s methodology as part of this change. There were no material changes to the existing allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment or in the aggregate as a result of the change.

 

  32  

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

Credit quality indicators as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were as follows:

 

Credit Risk Profile by Internally Assigned Grade                  
                                     
    Commercial Real Estate     Construction and Land Dev.     Residential Rentals  
(dollars in thousands)   3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Unrated   $ 72,225     $ 75,581     $ 1,313     $ 1,775     $ 29,882     $ 28,428  
Pass     717,314       619,604       26,074       25,367       96,874       80,279  
Special mention     588       -       110       -       1,247       -  
Substandard     27,449       32,129       729       729       1,023       1,521  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 817,576     $ 727,314     $ 28,226     $ 27,871     $ 129,026     $ 110,228  

 

    Commercial Loans     Commercial Equipment     Total Commercial Portfolios  
(dollars in thousands)   3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Unrated   $ 15,032     $ 14,356     $ 11,589     $ 10,856     $ 130,041     $ 130,996  
Pass     34,228       39,118       33,224       23,581       907,714       787,949  
Special mention     -       -       -       -       1,945       -  
Substandard     2,938       2,943       1,092       1,479       33,231       38,801  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total   $ 52,198     $ 56,417     $ 45,905     $ 35,916     $ 1,072,931     $ 957,746  

 

    Non-Commercial Portfolios **     Total All Portfolios              
(dollars in thousands)   3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017              
                                     
Unrated   $ 149,642     $ 152,616     $ 279,683     $ 283,612                  
Pass     55,453       38,081       963,167       826,030                  
Special mention     88       96       2,033       96                  
Substandard     1,541       1,505       34,772       40,306                  
Doubtful     -       -       -       -                  
Loss     -       -       -       -                  
Total   $ 206,724     $ 192,298     $ 1,279,655     $ 1,150,044                  

 

** Non commercial portfolios are generally evaluated based on payment activity, but may be risk graded if part if a larger commercial relationship or are credit impaired (e.g., nonaccrual loans, TDRs).

 

Credit Risk Profile Based on Payment Activity                  
                                     
    Residential First Mortgages     Home Equity and Second Mtg.     Consumer Loans  
(dollars in thousands)   3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017     3/31/2018     12/31/2017  
                                     
Performing   $ 165,955     $ 169,896     $ 39,356     $ 21,217     $ 852     $ 573  
Nonperforming     435       478       125       134       1       -  
Total   $ 166,390     $ 170,374     $ 39,481     $ 21,351     $ 853     $ 573  

 

  33  

 

 

A risk grading scale is used to assign grades to commercial relationships, which include commercial real estate, residential rentals, construction and land development, commercial loans and commercial equipment loans. Loans are graded at inception, annually thereafter when financial statements are received and at other times when there is an indication that a credit may have weakened or improved. Only commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure to the Bank of $1,000,000 or greater are subject to being risk rated.

 

Home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are evaluated for creditworthiness in underwriting and are monitored based on borrower payment history. Residential first mortgages are evaluated for creditworthiness during credit due diligence before being purchased. Residential first mortgages, home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are classified as unrated unless they are part of a larger commercial relationship that requires grading or are troubled debt restructures or nonperforming loans with an Other Assets Especially Mentioned (“OAEM”) or higher risk rating due to a delinquent payment history.

 

Management regularly reviews credit quality indicators as part of its individual loan reviews and on a monthly and quarterly basis. The overall quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio is assessed using the Bank’s risk grading scale, the level and trends of net charge-offs, nonperforming loans and delinquencies, the performance of troubled debt restructured loans and the general economic conditions in the Company’s geographical market. This review process is assisted by frequent internal reporting of loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming and potential problem loans. Credit quality indicators and allowance factors are adjusted based on management’s judgment during the monthly and quarterly review process. Loans subject to risk ratings are graded on a scale of one to ten. The Company considers loans classified substandard, doubtful and loss as classified assets for regulatory and financial reporting.

 

Ratings 1 thru 6 - Pass

Ratings 1 thru 6 have asset risks ranging from excellent low risk to adequate. The specific rating assigned considers customer history of earnings, cash flows, liquidity, leverage, capitalization, consistency of debt service coverage, the nature and extent of customer relationship and other relevant specific business factors such as the stability of the industry or market area, changes to management, litigation or unexpected events that could have an impact on risks.

 

Rating 7 - OAEM (Other Assets Especially Mentioned) – Special Mention

These credits, while protected by the financial strength of the borrowers, guarantors or collateral, have reduced quality due to economic conditions, less than adequate earnings performance or other factors which require the lending officer to direct more than normal attention to the credit. Financing alternatives may be limited and/or command higher risk interest rates. OAEM loans are the first adversely classified assets on our watch list. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

Rating 8 - Substandard

Substandard assets are assets that are inadequately protected by the sound worth or paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged. These assets have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loss potential, while existing in the aggregate amount of substandard assets, does not have to exist in individual assets classified substandard. The loans may have a delinquent history or combination of weak collateral, weak guarantor strength or operating losses. When a loan is assigned to this category the Bank may estimate a specific reserve in the loan loss allowance analysis. These assets listed may include assets with histories of repossessions or some that are non-performing bankruptcies. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

Rating 9 - Doubtful

Doubtful assets have many of the same characteristics of Substandard with the exception that the Bank has determined that loss is not only possible but is probable and the risk is close to certain that loss will occur. When a loan is assigned to this category the Bank will identify the probable loss and the loan will receive a specific reserve in the loan loss allowance analysis. These relationships will be reviewed at least quarterly.

 

Rating 10 – Loss

Once an asset is identified as a definite loss to the Bank, it will receive the classification of “loss”. There may be some future potential recovery; however, it is more practical to write off the loan at the time of classification. Losses will be taken in the period in which they are determined to be uncollectable.

 

  34  

 

 

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans and Acquired Loans

PCI loans had an unpaid principal balance of $4.5 million and a carrying value of $3.9 million at March 31, 2018. PCI loans represented .25% of total assets at March 31, 2018. Determining the fair value of the PCI loans at the time of acquisition required the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those loans and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest and taking into account prepayment assumptions. For such loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is recognized as interest income over the remaining lives of the loans and is called accretable yield. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition reflects the impact of estimated credit losses and is called the nonaccretable difference. In accordance with GAAP, there was no carryover of previously established allowance for loan losses from acquisition. In conjunction with the acquisition of County First Bank, the PCI loan portfolio was accounted for at the fair values as follows:

 

(dollars in thousands)   January 1, 2018  
       
Contractual principal and interest at acquisition   $ 6,126  
Nonaccretable difference     (1,093 )
Expected cash flows at acquisition     5,033  
Accretable yield     (517 )
Basis in PCI loans at acquisition - estimated fair value   $ 4,517  

 

A summary of changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans for the three months ended March 31, 2018 follows:

 

    Three Months Ended  
(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018  
Accretable yield, beginning of period   $ -  
Additions     517  
Accretion     (58 )
Reclassification from (to) nonaccretable difference     -  
Other changes, net     -  
Accretable yield, end of period   $ 459  

 

In terms of accounting designations, compared to December 31, 2017, (i) non-acquired loans, which include certain renewed and/or restructured acquired performing loans that are re-designated as non-acquired, increased $4.1 million, or 3.6%, to $1,154.2 million; (ii) acquired performing loans increased $121.6 million to $121.6 million; and (iii) purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans increased $3.9 million to $3.9 million. At March 31, 2018, performing acquired loans, which totaled $121.6 million, included a $2.3 million net acquisition accounting fair market value adjustment, representing a 1.87% “mark;” and PCI loans which totaled $3.9 million, included a $666,000 adjustment, representing a 14.68% “mark.” During the three months ended March 31, 2018 there was $321,000 of accretion interest.

 

The following is a summary of acquired and non-acquired loans as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

BY ACQUIRED AND NON-ACQUIRED   March 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %  
                         
Acquired loans - performing   $ 121,615       9.50 %   $ -       0.00 %
Acquired loans - purchase credit impaired ("PCI")     3,871       0.30 %     -       0.00 %
Total acquired loans     125,486       9.81 %     -       0.00 %
Non-acquired loans**     1,154,169       90.19 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Gross loans     1,279,655               1,150,044          
Net deferred costs (fees)     1,118       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 1,280,773             $ 1,151,130          

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

  35  

 

 

NOTE 12 – REGULATORY CAPITAL  

 

On April 18, 2016, the Bank’s primary regulator became the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Maryland Commissioner of Financial Regulation (the “Commissioner”) and the FDIC. The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

On January 1, 2015, the Company and Bank became subject to the new Basel III Capital Rules with full compliance with all of the final rule's requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. In July 2013, the final rules were published (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework known as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions compared to the previous U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach. The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules.

 

The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio (“Min. Ratio”) of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. A new capital conservation buffer (“CCB”) is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer began its phase-in period beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each subsequent year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019. Strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments were also implemented under the final rules. The final rules also revise the definition and calculation of Tier 1 capital, Total Capital, and risk-weighted assets.

 

As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company and Bank were well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action under the Basel III Capital Rules. Management believes, as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

 

  36  

 

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table.

 

Regulatory Capital and Ratios   The Company     The Bank  
(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
                         
Common equity   $ 145,657     $ 109,957     $ 176,971     $ 139,046  
Goodwill     (10,277 )     -       (10,277 )     -  
Core deposit intangible (net of deferred tax liability)     (2,453 )     -       (2,453 )     -  
AOCI losses     1,898       1,191       1,898       1,191  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital     134,825       111,148       166,139       140,237  
TRUPs     12,000       12,000       -       -  
Tier 1 Capital     146,825       123,148       166,139       140,237  
Allowable reserve for credit losses and other Tier 2 adjustments     10,522       10,545       10,522       10,545  
Subordinated notes     23,000       23,000       -       -  
Tier 2 Capital   $ 180,347     $ 156,693     $ 176,661     $ 150,782  
                                 
Risk-Weighted Assets ("RWA")   $ 1,307,480     $ 1,169,341     $ 1,304,376     $ 1,164,478  
                                 
Average Assets ("AA")   $ 1,570,438     $ 1,401,741     $ 1,567,684     $ 1,398,001  

    2019 Regulatory
 Min. Ratio + CCB (1)
                   
Common Tier 1 Capital to RWA     7.00 %     10.31 %     9.51 %     12.74 %     12.04 %
Tier 1 Capital to RWA     8.50       11.23       10.53       12.74       12.04  
Tier 2 Capital to RWA     10.50       13.79       13.40       13.54       12.95  
Tier 1 Capital to AA (Leverage) (2)     n/a       9.35       8.79       10.60       10.03  

 

(1) These are the fully phased-in ratios as of January 1, 2019 that include the minimum capital ratio ("Min. Ratio") + the capital conservation buffer ("CCB"). The phase-in period is more fully described in the footnote above.

(2) Tier 1 Capital to AA (Leverage) has no capital conservation buffer defined. PCA well capitalized is defined as 5.00%.

 

  37  

 

  

NOTE 13 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

 

The Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements” and FASB ASC Topic 825, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” , which provides a framework for measuring and disclosing fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. FASB ASC Topic 820 requires disclosures about the fair value of assets and liabilities recognized in the balance sheet in periods subsequent to initial recognition, whether the measurements are made on a recurring basis (for example, available for sale investment securities) or on a nonrecurring basis (for example, impaired loans).

 

FASB ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC Topic 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

 

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis such as loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

 

Under FASB ASC Topic 820, the Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine the fair value. These hierarchy levels are:

 

Level 1 inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

Level 2 inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

 

Level 3 inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

 

Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized on the actual date of the event or circumstances that caused the transfer, which generally coincides with the Company’s quarterly valuation process. Transfers in and out of level 3 during a quarter are disclosed. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3 in the fair value hierarchy during the three months ending March 31, 2018. There was one transfer from Level 2 to Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the three months ended March 31, 2017 for premises and equipment held for sale. This asset was sold during the three months ended June 30, 2017. There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the remaining six months of 2017.

 

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value:

 

Securities Available for Sale

Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Standard inputs include quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities (“GSEs”), municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

 

  38  

 

 

Loans Receivable

The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis, however, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan loss is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan are considered impaired. Management estimates the fair value of impaired loans using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt, or discounted cash flows. Impaired loans not requiring a specific allowance represent loans for which the fair value of expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investment in such loans. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, substantially all of the impaired loans were evaluated based upon the fair value of the collateral.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 820, impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral (loans with impairment) require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price (e.g., contracted sales price), the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value of the impaired loan is derived from an appraisal, the Company records the loan as nonrecurring Level 3. Fair value is re-assessed at least quarterly or more frequently when circumstances occur that indicate a change in the fair value. The fair values of impaired loans that are not measured based on collateral values are measured using discounted cash flows and considered to be Level 3 inputs.

 

Premises and Equipment Held For Sale

Premises and equipment are adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the assets to premises and equipment held for sale. Subsequently, premises and equipment held for sale are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price (e.g., contracted sales price), the Company records the asset as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value of premises and equipment is derived from an appraisal or a cash flow analysis, the Company records the asset at nonrecurring Level 3.

 

As of March 31, 2018, the Company had three properties (previously County First branches) held for sale with fair values totaling $2.3 million that were recorded as non-recurring Level 3 assets at March 31, 2018. There were no premises and equipment held for sale as of December 31, 2017.

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

OREO is adjusted for fair value upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised value of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price (e.g., contracted sales price), the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value is derived from an appraisal, the Company records the foreclosed asset at nonrecurring Level 3.

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The tables below present the recorded amount of assets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

  

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Available for sale securities                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
CMOs   $ 47,567     $ -     $ 47,567     $ -  
MBS     6,797       -       6,797       -  
U.S. Agency     12,035       -       12,035       -  
Other investments     4,625       -       4,625       -  
Total available for sale securities   $ 71,024     $ -     $ 71,024     $ -  

 

  39  

 

  

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2017  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
                         
Available for sale securities                                
Asset-backed securities issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies                                
CMOs   $ 44,137     $ -       44,137     $ -  
MBS     7,087       -       7,087       -  
U.S. Agency     12,517       -       12,517       -  
Corporate equity securities     37       -       37       -  
Bond mutual funds     4,507       -       4,507       -  
Total available for sale securities   $ 68,285     $ -     $ 68,285     $ -  

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company may be required to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 were included in the tables below.

 

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Loans with impairment                                
Commercial real estate   $ 1,460     $ -     $ -     $ 1,460  
Residential first mortgages     452       -       -       452  
Construction and land development     519       -       -       519  
Commercial loans     642       -       -       642  
Commercial equipment     62       -       -       62  
Total loans with impairment   $ 3,135     $ -     $ -     $ 3,135  
Premises and equipment held for sale   $ 2,341     $ -     $ -     $ 2,341  
Other real estate owned   $ 9,352     $ -     $ -     $ 9,352  

 

(dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2017  
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Loans with impairment                                
Commercial real estate   $ 1,638     $ -     $ -     $ 1,638  
Residential first mortgages     457       -       -       457  
Residential rentals     377       -       -       377  
Construction and land development     566       -       -       566  
Commercial loans     164       -       -       164  
Total loans with impairment   $ 3,202     $ -     $ -     $ 3,202  
Other real estate owned   $ 9,341     $ -     $ -     $ 9,341  

 

Loans with impairment had unpaid principal balances of $4.3 million and $4.2 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, and include impaired loans with a specific allowance.

 

  40  

 

 

The following tables provide information describing the unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

March 31, 2018            
(dollars in thousands)              
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs  

Range

(Weighted Average)

                   
Loans with impairment   $ 3,135     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (27%)
Premises and equipment held for sale   $ 2,341     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-25% (5%)
Other real estate owned   $ 9,352     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (12%)

 

December 31, 2017            
(dollars in thousands)              
Description of Asset   Fair Value     Valuation Technique   Unobservable Inputs  

Range

(Weighted Average)

                   
Loans with impairment   $ 3,202     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (24%)
                     
Other real estate owned   $ 9,341     Third party appraisals and in-house real estate evaluations of fair value   Management discount for property type and current market conditions   0%-50% (12%)

 

NOTE 14 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Financial instruments require disclosure of fair value information, whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, when it is practical to estimate the fair value. A financial instrument is defined as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or a contractual obligation which requires the exchange of cash. Certain items are specifically excluded from the financial instrument fair value disclosure requirements, including the Company’s common stock, OREO, premises and equipment and other assets and liabilities.

 

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. Therefore, any aggregate unrealized gains or losses should not be interpreted as a forecast of future earnings or cash flows. Furthermore, the fair values disclosed should not be interpreted as the aggregate current value of the Company.

 

Valuation Methodology

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company implemented “ ASU 2016-01 - Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities .” ASU 2016-01 requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes. The other requirements of ASU 2016-01 are described in Note 1. The standard update was adopted prospectively and the December 31, 2017 valuations reflect the methodologies used prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-01. Fair values at March 31, 2018 were measured using an “exit price” notion.

 

  41  

 

 

Prior to adopting the amendments included in the standard, the Company measured fair value under an entry price notion. The entry price notion previously applied by the Company used a discounted cash flows technique for loans, time deposits and debt, to calculate the present value of expected future cash flows for financial instruments. See the Company’s methodologies disclosed in Note 20 of the Company’s 2017 Form 10-K for the fair value methodologies used as of December 31, 2017.

 

The exit price notion uses a similar approach as the Company’s previous methodology for valuations that used discounted cash flows, but also incorporates other factors, such as enhanced credit risk, illiquidity risk and market factors that sometimes exist in exit prices in dislocated markets. The implementation of ASU 2016-01 was most impactful to the Company’s loan portfolio because the Company’s other financial instruments have one or several other compensating factors (e.g., quoted market prices, lower credit risk, limited liquidity risk, short durations, etc.).

 

As of March 31, 2018, the technique used by the Company to estimate the exit price of the loan portfolio consisted of similar procedures to those used as of December 31, 2017, but with added emphasis on both illiquidity risk and credit risk not captured by the previously applied entry price notion. This credit risk assumption is intended to approximate the fair value that a market participant would realize in a hypothetical orderly transaction. The Company’s loan portfolio is initially fair valued using a segmented approach, using the eight categories as disclosed in Note 11. Loans are considered a Level 3 classification.

 

The following summarizes the valuation methodologies used as of March 31, 2018:

 

Investment securities - Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

FHLB and FRB stock – Fair values are at cost, which is the carrying value of the securities.

 

Investment in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) – Fair values are at cash surrender value.

 

Loans receivable – The fair values for non-impaired loans are estimated using credit loss severity rates derived from market data, discount rates based on recent originations and market data, and prepayment speeds based on market data. The credit mark, discount rate and prepayment assumptions all consider segmentation and product attributes, such as duration and interest rates (e.g., fixed vs. variable interest).

 

Management estimates the fair value of impaired loans using one of several methods, including the collateral value, market value of similar debt or discounted cash flows. These loans are not valued using the method described for non-impaired loans because management believes the identification of impaired loans and specific allowance, if needed, approximates fair value.

 

Loans held for sale – Fair values are derived from secondary market quotations for similar instruments. There were no loans held for sale at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

Deposits - The fair value of checking accounts, saving accounts and money market accounts were the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.

 

Time certificates - The fair value was determined using the recent issuance rates and market rate analysis on similar products to determine a discount rate.

 

FHLB - Long-term debt and short-term borrowings – The fair value was determined by applying the prepayment penalty and accrued interest payable of the specific borrowings.

 

Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated securities (TRUPs) - The fair value was determined using the recent issuance rates for trust preferred or similar borrowings to determine a discount rate.

 

Subordinated notes - The fair value was determined using the recent issuance rates for subordinated debt or similar borrowings to determine a discount rate.

 

Off-balance sheet instruments - The Company charges fees for commitments to extend credit. Interest rates on loans for which these commitments are extended are normally committed for periods of less than one month. Fees charged on standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees are deemed to be immaterial and these guarantees are expected to be settled at face amount or expire unused.

 

  42  

 

 

The Company’s estimated fair values of financial instruments are presented in the following tables.

 

March 31, 2018               Fair Value Measurements  
Description of Asset (dollars in thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets                                        
Investment securities - AFS   $ 71,024     $ 71,024     $ -     $ 71,024     $ -  
Investment securities - HTM     98,198       95,774       996       94,778       -  
FHLB Stock     5,587       5,587       -       5,587       -  
Loans Receivable     1,270,302       1,243,535       -       -       1,243,535  
Investment in BOLI     35,619       35,619       -       35,619       -  
                                         
Liabilities                                        
Savings, NOW and money market accounts   $ 807,460     $ 807,460     $ -     $ 807,460     $ -  
Time deposits     478,476       472,784       -       472,784       -  
Long-term debt     45,483       45,725       -       45,725       -  
Short term borrowings     51,500       51,692       -       51,692       -  
TRUPs     12,000       9,599       -       9,599       -  
Subordinated notes     23,000       23,059       -       23,059       -  

 

See the Company’s methodologies disclosed in Note 20 of the Company’s 2017 Form 10-K for the fair value methodologies used as of December 31, 2017:

 

 

December 31, 2017               Fair Value Measurements  
Description of Asset (dollars in thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Assets                                        
Investment securities - AFS   $ 68,285     $ 68,285     $ -     $ 68,285     $ -  
Investment securities - HTM     99,246       98,007       1,000       97,007       -  
FHLB Stock     7,276       7,276       -       7,276       -  
Loans Receivable     1,140,615       1,097,592       -       -       1,097,592  
Investment in BOLI     29,398       29,398       -       29,398       -  
                                         
Liabilities                                        
Savings, NOW and money market accounts   $ 654,632     $ 654,632     $ -     $ 654,632     $ -  
Time deposits     451,605       453,644       -       453,644       -  
Long-term debt     55,498       57,421       -       57,421       -  
Short term borrowings     87,500       87,208       -       87,208       -  
TRUPs     12,000       9,400       -       9,400       -  
Subordinated notes     23,000       22,400       -       22,400       -  

 

At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had outstanding loan commitments and standby letters of credit of $46.2 million and $65.6 million, respectively and $21.3 million and $17.9 million, respectively. Additionally, at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, customers had $205.9 million and $162.2 million, respectively, available and unused on lines of credit, which include lines of credit for commercial customers, home equity loans as well as builder and construction lines. Based on the short-term lives of these instruments, the Company does not believe that the fair value of these instruments differs significantly from their carrying values.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date and, therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amount presented herein.

 

  43  

 

  

Item 2 - Management's Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain statements contained in this Report may not be based on historical facts and are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words like “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “intend” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could” or “may.” Statements in this report that are not strictly historical are forward-looking and are based upon current expectations that may differ materially from actual results. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, those relating to the Company’s and Community Bank of the Chesapeake’s future growth and management’s outlook or expectations for revenue, assets, asset quality, profitability, business prospects, net interest margin, non-interest revenue, allowance for loan losses, the level of credit losses from lending, liquidity levels, capital levels, or other future financial or business performance strategies or expectations, and any statements of the plans and objectives of management for future operations products or services, including the expected benefits from, and/or the execution of integration plans relating to the County First acquisition; plans regarding branch closings or consolidation; any statement of expectation or belief; projections related to certain financial metrics; and any statement of assumptions underlying the foregoing. These forward-looking statements express management’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, results and conditions, and by their nature are subject to and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated by the statements made herein. Factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from those made in such statements include, but are not limited to: the synergies and other expected financial benefits from County First acquisition may not be realized within the expected time frames; costs or difficulties related to integration matters might be greater than expected; general economic trends; changes in interest rates; loss of deposits and loan demand to other financial institutions; substantial changes in financial markets; changes in real estate value and the real estate market; regulatory changes; the possibility of unforeseen events affecting the industry generally; the uncertainties associated with newly developed or acquired operations; the outcome of litigation that may arise; market disruptions and other effects of terrorist activities; and the matters described in “Item 1A Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2017, and in its other Reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s forward-looking statements may also be subject to other risks and uncertainties, including those that it may discuss elsewhere in this Report or in its filings with the SEC, accessible on the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unforeseen events, except as required under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this document in that actual results could differ materially from those indicated in such forward-looking statements, due to a variety of factors. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date of this Report, and we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date of this Report. Forward-looking statements regarding the transaction are based upon currently available information.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. The Company considers its determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of foreclosed real estate (OREO) and the valuation of deferred tax assets to be critical accounting policies.

 

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the general practices of the United States banking industry. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.

 

  44  

 

 

Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in more financial statement volatility. The fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other third-party sources, when available. When these sources are not available, management makes estimates based upon what it considers to be the best available information.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of the losses that exist in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on two principles of accounting: (1) Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 450 “Contingencies,” which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and are estimable and (2) FASB ASC 310 “Receivables,” which requires that losses be accrued when it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan. The loss, if any, is determined by the difference between the loan balance and the value of collateral, the present value of expected future cash flows and values observable in the secondary markets.

 

The allowance for loan loss balance is an estimate based upon management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio. The allowance includes a specific and a general component. The specific component consists of management’s evaluation of certain classified and non-accrual loans and their underlying collateral. Management assesses the ability of the borrower to repay the loan based upon all information available. Loans are examined to determine a specific allowance based upon the borrower’s payment history, economic conditions specific to the loan or borrower and other factors that would impact the borrower’s ability to repay the loan on its contractual basis. Depending on the assessment of the borrower’s ability to pay and the type, condition and value of collateral, management will establish an allowance amount specific to the loan.

 

Management uses a risk scale to assign grades to commercial relationships, which include commercial real estate, residential rentals, construction and land development, commercial loans and commercial equipment loans. Commercial loan relationships with an aggregate exposure to the Bank of $1,000,000 or greater are risk rated. Residential first mortgages, home equity and second mortgages and consumer loans are monitored on an ongoing basis based on borrower payment history. Consumer loans and residential real estate loans are classified as unrated unless they are part of a larger commercial relationship that requires grading or are troubled debt restructures or nonperforming loans with an Other Assets Especially Mentioned or higher risk rating due to a delinquent payment history.

 

The Company’s commercial loan portfolio is periodically reviewed by regulators and independent consultants engaged by management.

 

In establishing the general component of the allowance, management analyzes non-impaired loans in the portfolio including changes in the amount and type of loans. This analysis reviews trends by portfolio segment in charge-offs, delinquency, classified loans, loan concentrations and the rate of portfolio segment growth. Qualitative factors also include an assessment of the current regulatory environment, the quality of credit administration and loan portfolio management and national and local economic trends. Based upon this analysis a loss factor is applied to each loan category and the Bank adjusts the loan loss allowance by increasing or decreasing the provision for loan losses.

 

Management has significant discretion in making the judgments inherent in the determination of the allowance for loan losses, including the valuation of collateral, assessing a borrower’s prospects of repayment and in establishing loss factors on the general component of the allowance. Changes in loss factors have a direct impact on the amount of the provision and on net income. Errors in management’s assessment of the global factors and their impact on the portfolio could result in the allowance not being adequate to cover losses in the portfolio, and may result in additional provisions. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the allowance for loan losses was $10.5 million and $10.5 million, respectively, or 0.82% and 0.91%, respectively, of total loans. Allowance for loan loss levels decreased in first quarter of 2018, primarily due to the addition of County First loans, after consummation of the legal merger on January 1, 2018, for which no allowance was provided for in accordance with purchase accounting standards. An increase or decrease in the allowance could result in a charge or credit to income before income taxes that materially impacts earnings.

 

For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, refer to Notes 1 and 6 of the Consolidated Financial Statements as presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the discussion in this MD&A.

 

  45  

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

The Company maintains a valuation allowance on its other real estate owned. As with the allowance for loan losses, the valuation allowance on OREO is based on FASB ASC 450 “Contingencies,” as well as the accounting guidance on impairment of long-lived assets. These statements require that the Company establish a valuation allowance when it has determined that the carrying amount of a foreclosed asset exceeds its fair value. Fair value of a foreclosed asset is measured by the cash flows expected to be realized from its subsequent disposition. These cash flows include the costs of selling or otherwise disposing of the asset.

 

In estimating the fair value of OREO, management must make significant assumptions regarding the timing and amount of cash flows. For example, in cases where the real estate acquired is undeveloped land, management must gather the best available evidence regarding the market value of the property, including appraisals, cost estimates of development and broker opinions. Due to the highly subjective nature of this evidence, as well as the limited market, long time periods involved and substantial risks, cash flow estimates are highly subjective and subject to change. Errors regarding any aspect of the costs or proceeds of developing, selling or otherwise disposing of foreclosed real estate could result in the allowance being inadequate to reduce carrying costs to fair value and may require an additional provision for valuation allowances.

 

For additional information regarding OREO, refer to Notes 1 and 8 of the Consolidated Financial Statements as presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Deferred Tax Assets

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of recorded assets and liabilities. FASB ASC 740 requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

Management periodically evaluates the ability of the Company to realize the value of its deferred tax assets. If management were to determine that it was not more likely than not that the Company would realize the full amount of the deferred tax assets, it would establish a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the deferred tax asset to the amount it believes would be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax-planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets.

 

Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income might affect the ultimate realization of the net deferred tax assets. Factors that may affect the Company’s ability to achieve sufficient forecasted taxable income include, but are not limited to, the following: increased competition, a decline in net interest margin, a loss of market share, decreased demand for financial services and national and regional economic conditions.

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes and the determination of the resulting deferred tax assets and liabilities involve a significant amount of management judgment and are based on the best information available at the time. The Company operates within federal and state taxing jurisdictions and is subject to audit in these jurisdictions.

 

For additional information regarding income taxes and deferred tax assets, refer to Notes 1 and 12 in the Consolidated Financial Statements as presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

ECONOMY

The presence of federal government agencies, as well as significant government facilities, and the related private sector support for these entities, has led to faster economic growth in our market and lower unemployment compared to the nation as a whole. In addition, the Bank’s entry into the greater Annapolis and Fredericksburg markets has provided the Bank with additional loan and deposit opportunities. These opportunities have positively impacted the Bank’s organic growth.

 

Economic conditions, competition, and the monetary and fiscal policies of the Federal government significantly affect most financial institutions, including the Bank. Lending and deposit activities and fee income generation are influenced by levels of business spending and investment, consumer income, consumer spending and savings, capital market activities, and competition among financial institutions, as well as customer preferences, interest rate conditions and prevailing market rates on competing products in our market areas.

 

  46  

 

 

In 2017, the national economy continued to improve throughout the year. The economy (GDP) grew 2.30% in 2017, an increase from 1.50% GDP growth in 2016. Consumer confidence has increased due to positive economic trends such as lower unemployment, increased housing metrics and solid performance in the financial markets. The Mid-Atlantic region in which the Company operates continued to experience continued improved regional economic performance. The presence of several major federal facilities located within the Bank’s footprint and in adjoining counties contribute to economic growth. Major federal facilities include the Patuxent River Naval Air Station in St. Mary’s County, the Indian Head Division, Naval Surface Warfare Center in Charles County and the Naval Surface Warfare –Naval Support Facility in King George County. In addition, there are several major federal facilities located in adjoining markets including Andrews Air Force Base and Defense Intelligence Agency & Defense Intelligence Analysis Center in Prince Georges County, Maryland and the U.S. Marine Base Quantico, Drug Enforcement Administration Quantico facility and Federal Bureau of Investigation Quantico facility in Prince William County, Virginia. These facilities directly employ thousands of local employees and serve as an important player in the region’s overall economic health.

 

The economic health of the region, while stabilized by the influence of the federal government, is not solely dependent on this sector. Calvert County is home to the Dominion Power Cove Point Liquid Natural Gas Terminal, which is one of the nation’s largest liquefied natural gas terminals and Dominion Power is currently constructing liquefaction facilities for exporting liquefied natural gas. Based on information from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, unemployment rates and household income in the Company’s footprint have historically performed better than the national average. According to SNL Financial, the median household income in our market area is $97,000 compared to $61,000 for the United States. According to SNL Financial, the Bank’s market areas have strong demographics with below average unemployment rates. The Bank’s primary market areas have unemployment rates below 3.6% with projected population growth in excess of 4.25% over the next five years.

 

The greater Fredericksburg area, the Bank’s newest area of expansion (2013), continued to experience economic growth. According to the Fredericksburg Regional Alliance, the Fredericksburg Region, including the City of Fredericksburg and the counties of Caroline, King George, Spotsylvania, and Stafford, Virginia, has been the fastest growing region in the Commonwealth of Virginia for the last five years.

 

For additional information regarding the local economy and its impact on the Company’s business refer to the Business Section in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 under the caption “Market Area” ( Part I. Item 1. Business Section – Market Area).

 

USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Statements included in management’s discussion and analysis include non-GAAP financial measures and should be read along with the accompanying tables, which provide a reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management uses these non-GAAP financial measures, and believes that non-GAAP financial measures provide additional useful information that allows readers to evaluate the ongoing performance of the Company. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of performance or financial condition as promulgated under GAAP, and investors should consider the Company’s performance and financial condition as reported under GAAP and all other relevant information when assessing the performance or financial condition of the Company. Non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and investors should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the results or financial condition as reported under GAAP. See Non-GAAP reconciliation schedules that immediately follow:

 

  47  

 

  

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

THREE MONTHS ENDED

 

Reconciliation of US GAAP Net Income, Earnings Per Share (EPS), Return on Average Assets (ROAA) and Return on Average Common Equity (ROACE) to Non-GAAP Operating Net Income, EPS, ROAA and ROACE

 

This 10-Q, including the accompanying financial statement tables, contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. This financial information includes certain operating performance measures, which exclude merger and acquisition costs and the fourth quarter 2017 income tax expense attributable to the revaluation of deferred tax assets as a result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. These expenses are not considered part of recurring operations, such as “operating net income,” “operating earnings per share,” “operating return on average assets,” and “operating return on average common equity.” These non-GAAP measures are included because the Company believes they may provide useful supplemental information for evaluating the underlying performance trends of the Company.

 

    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     March 31, 2017  
             
Net (loss) income (as reported)   $ 1,222     $ 2,342  
Impact of  Tax Cuts and Jobs Act     -       -  
Merger and acquisition costs (net of tax)     2,135       10  
Non-GAAP operating net income   $ 3,357     $ 2,352  
                 
Income before income taxes (as reported)   $ 1,755     $ 3,790  
Merger and acquisition costs ("M&A")     2,868       17  
Adjusted pretax income     4,623       3,807  
Income tax expense     1,266       1,455  
Non-GAAP operating net income   $ 3,357     $ 2,352  
                 
GAAP diluted earnings per share ("EPS")   $ 0.22     $ 0.51  
Non-GAAP operating diluted EPS before M&A   $ 0.61     $ 0.51  
                 
GAAP return on average assets ("ROAA')     0.31 %     0.70 %
Non-GAAP operating ROAA before M&A     0.85 %     0.70 %
                 
GAAP return on average common equity ("ROACE")     3.33 %     8.78 %
Non-GAAP operating ROACE before M&A     9.15 %     8.81 %
                 
Net income (as reported)   $ 1,222     $ 2,342  
Weighted average common shares outstanding     5,547,715       4,630,398  
Average assets   $ 1,581,538     $ 1,337,814  
Average equity     146,712       106,741  

 

  48  

 

 

THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION

RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

 

Reconciliation of US GAAP total assets, common equity, common equity to assets and book value to Non-GAAP tangible assets, tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets and tangible book value.

 

This 10-Q, including the accompanying financial statement tables, contains financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. This financial information includes certain performance measures, which exclude intangible assets. These non-GAAP measures are included because the Company believes they may provide useful supplemental information for evaluating the underlying performance trends of the Company.

 

    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
             
Total assets   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961  
Less: intangible assets                
Goodwill     10,277       -  
Core deposit intangible     3,385       -  
Total intangible assets     13,662       -  
Tangible assets   $ 1,563,334     $ 1,405,961  
                 
Total common equity   $ 145,657     $ 109,957  
Less: intangible assets     13,662       -  
Tangible common equity   $ 131,995     $ 109,957  
                 
Common shares outstanding at end of period     5,573,841       4,649,658  
                 
GAAP common equity to assets     9.24 %     7.82 %
Non-GAAP tangible common equity to tangible assets     8.44 %     7.82 %
                 
GAAP common book value per share   $ 26.13     $ 23.65  
Non-GAAP tangible common book value per share   $ 23.68     $ 23.65  

 

  49  

 

  

Selected Financial Information and Ratios

 

    Three Months Ended (Unaudited)  
    March 31, 2018     March 31, 2017  
KEY OPERATING RATIOS                
Return on average assets     0.31 %     0.70 %
Return on average common equity     3.33       8.78  
Average total equity to average total assets     9.28       7.98  
Interest rate spread     3.36       3.29  
Net interest margin     3.54       3.40  
Cost of funds     0.84       0.74  
Cost of deposits     0.62       0.48  
Cost of debt     2.59       2.24  
Efficiency ratio     83.80       63.89  
Non-interest expense to average assets     2.95       2.21  
Net operating expense to average assets     2.69       1.94  
Avg. int-earning assets to avg. int-bearing liabilities     121.10       116.29  
Net charge-offs to average loans     0.17       0.05  
COMMON SHARE DATA                
Basic net income per common share   $ 0.22     $ 0.51  
Diluted net income per common share     0.22       0.51  
Cash dividends paid per common share     0.10       0.10  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:                
Basic     5,547,715       4,628,357  
Diluted     5,547,715       4,630,398  

 

  50  

 

   

Selected Financial Information and Ratios (continued)

 

    (Unaudited)                    
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
ASSET QUALITY                                
Total assets   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961     $ 171,035       12.2  
Gross loans     1,279,655       1,150,044       129,611       11.3  
Classified Assets     44,736       50,298       (5,562 )     (11.1 )
Allowance for loan losses     10,471       10,515       (44 )     (0.4 )
                                 
Past due loans - 31 to 89 days     5,231       9,227       (3,996 )     (43.3 )
Past due loans >=90 days     6,281       2,483       3,798       153.0  
Total past due (delinquency) loans     11,512       11,710       (198 )     (1.7 )
                                 
Non-accrual loans (a)     8,439       4,693       3,746       79.8  
Accruing troubled debt restructures (TDRs) (b)     9,953       10,021       (68 )     (0.7 )
Other real estate owned (OREO)     9,352       9,341       11       0.1  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs   $ 27,744     $ 24,055     $ 3,689       15.3  
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS                                
Classified assets to total assets     2.84 %     3.58 %                
Classified assets to risk-based capital     24.81       32.10                  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.82       0.91                  
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans     124.08       224.06                  
Past due loans - 31 to 89 days to total loans     0.41       0.80                  
Past due loans >=90 days to total loans     0.49       0.22                  
Total past due (delinquency) to total loans     0.90       1.02                  
Non-accrual loans to total loans     0.66       0.41                  
Non-accrual loans and TDRs to total loans     1.44       1.28                  
Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets     1.13       1.00                  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets     1.76       1.71                  

 

  51  

 

  

Selected Financial Information and Ratios (continued)

 

    (Unaudited)                    
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017              
COMMON SHARE DATA                                
Book value per common share   $ 26.13     $ 23.65                  
Tangible book value per common share**     23.68       ***                  
Common shares outstanding at end of period     5,573,841       4,649,658                  
OTHER DATA                                
Full-time equivalent employees     200       165                  
Branches (c)     16       11                  
Loan Production Offices     5       5                  
CAPITAL RATIOS                                
Tier 1 capital to average assets     9.35 %     8.79 %                
Tier 1 common capital to risk-weighted assets     10.31       9.51                  
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets     11.23       10.53                  
Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets     13.80       13.40                  
Common equity to assets     9.24 %     7.82 %                
Tangible common equity to tangible assets **     8.44 %     ***                  

 

 

** Non-GAAP financial measure. See reconciliation of GAAP and NON-GAAP measures.

*** The Company had no intangible assets before January 1, 2018.

 

(a) Non-accrual loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent and loans that are non-accrual due to the operating results or cash flows of a customer. Non-accrual loans can include loans that are current with all loan payments.

 

(b) At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank had total TDRs of $9.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively, with $730,000 and $769,000, respectively, in non-accrual status. These loans are classified as non-accrual loans for the calculation of financial ratios.

 

(c) The Company plans to close four of the five acquired branches in May 2018.

 

  52  

 

 

OVERVIEW

Community Bank of the Chesapeake (the “Bank”) is headquartered in Southern Maryland with branches located in Maryland and Virginia. The Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”).

 

The Company’s branches are located at its main office in Waldorf, Maryland, and 11 branch offices 1 in Waldorf, Bryans Road, Dunkirk, Leonardtown, La Plata, Charlotte Hall, Prince Frederick, Lusby, California, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Company maintains five loan production offices (“LPOs”) in Annapolis, La Plata, Prince Frederick and Leonardtown, Maryland; and Fredericksburg, Virginia. The Leonardtown LPO is co-located with the branch.

 

The Bank has increased assets primarily with organic loan growth until its first acquisition of County First in January 2018. The Bank believes that its ability to offer fast, flexible, local decision-making will continue to attract significant new business relationships. The Bank focuses its business generation efforts on targeting small and medium sized commercial businesses with revenues between $5.0 million and $35.0 million as well as local municipal agencies and not-for-profits. Our business model is customer-focused, utilizing relationship teams to provide customers with specific banker contacts and a support team to address product and service demands. Our structure provides a consistent and superior level of professional service. As a community bank this is what gives us the competitive advantage. We consider excelling at customer service to be a critical part of our culture. The Bank’s marketing is also directed towards increasing its balances of transactional deposit accounts, which are all deposit accounts other than certificates of deposit. The Bank believes that increases in these account types will lessen the Bank’s dependence on higher-cost funding, such as certificates of deposit and borrowings. Although management believes that this strategy will increase financial performance over time, increasing the balances of certain products, such as commercial lending and transaction accounts, may also increase the Bank’s noninterest expense. The Bank recognizes that certain lending and deposit products increase the possibility of losses from credit and other risks.

 

The Company’s income is primarily earned from interest received on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is our amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, which is called our net interest spread. In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other charges to our clients.

 

On January 1, 2018, the Company completed its previously announced merger of County First Bank (“County First”) with and into the Bank, with the Bank as the surviving bank (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 31, 2017, by and among the Company, the Bank and County First. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), each share of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of County First issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into the right to receive 0.9543 shares of Company common stock and $2.20 in cash (the “Merger Consideration”). The $2.20 in cash represents the sum of (i) $1.00 in cash consideration (the “Cash Consideration”) plus (ii) $1.20 in Contingent Cash Consideration that was determined before the completion of the Merger in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. The aggregate merger consideration consisted of 918,526 shares of the Company’s common stock and $2.1 million in cash. Based upon the $38.78 per share price of the Company’s common stock, the transaction value was $37.7 million.

 

The County First Bank acquisition is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting with the Company treated as the acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets and liabilities of County First Bank, as of January 1, 2018, will be recorded by the Company at their respective fair values, and the excess of the merger consideration over the fair value of County First Bank's net assets will be allocated to goodwill. At December 31, 2017, County First had total assets of $226.7 million, total net loans of $142.4 million and total deposits of $199.2. County First had five branch offices in La Plata, Waldorf, New Market, Prince Frederick and California, Maryland. The Bank intends to keep the La Plata branch open and consolidate the remaining four branches with legacy Community Bank of the Chesapeake branch offices in May of 2018. See NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATION AND GOODWILL in this 10-Q for additional information.

 

 

1 As of March 31, 2018, the Company had 16 branches, including the main office in Waldorf. This number included five County First Bank branches. The Company plans to close four County First branches in May 2018. The County First La Plata branch will remain open.

 

  53  

 

 

2017 Operations Summary

Net income for year ended December 31, 2017 was $7.2 million or $1.56 per diluted share after the inclusion of the additional tax expense under the recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the expenses associated with the acquisition of County First Bank. The additional income tax and merger and acquisition costs of $724,000, net of tax, resulted in a reduction of earnings per share of approximately $0.75 per share for 2017. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $7.3 million or $1.59 per diluted share.

 

Income before taxes (pretax income) increased $619,000 or 18.3% to $4.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2017 compared to $3.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for the fourth quarter of 2017 were 1.14% and 14.15%, respectively, compared to 1.04% and 12.84%, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2016. The Company’s after-tax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for the fourth quarter of 2017 were (0.13%) and (1.62%), respectively, compared to 0.62% and 7.68%, respectively, for the fourth quarter of 2016. Pretax income increased $4.6 million or 39.3% to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Company’s pretax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 1.19% and 14.88%, respectively, compared to 0.96% and 11.36%, respectively, for 2016. The Company’s after-tax returns on average assets and common stockholders’ equity for 2017 were 0.52% and 6.55%, respectively, compared to 0.60% and 7.09%, respectively, for 2016.

 

Although the increased tax expense related to the deferred tax revaluation and merger and acquisition costs decreased net income, earnings per share and returns on average assets and common equity for the year, management believes the reduced federal income tax rate and the efficiencies from the County First acquisition will be accretive in 2018. The Company completed a very strong 2017 with operating net income growing at a record pace for the Company. Operating earnings per share increased to $2.31 per share, an increase of $0.72 or 45% from $1.59 per share in 2016. Operating return on average assets and operating return on average common equity increased to 0.78% and 9.70%, respectively, compared to 0.60% and 7.09% in 2016.

 

We accomplished the increased profitability primarily by controlling expense growth and improving asset quality. The Company’s efficiency ratio averaged in the low 60s for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company’s cost control efforts and continued asset growth continued to create operating leverage in 2017.

 

Average loans increased $125.5 million or 12.7% from $988.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $1,113.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Overall, end of period loan growth for 2017 of $61.1 million or 5.6% was lower than the Company’s planned 8% to 9% growth. The Company’s two largest portfolios, commercial real estate and residential rentals grew $60.2 million or 9.0% to $727.3 million and $8.3 million or 8.2% to $110.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2017. Other portfolios decreased a net of $7.5 million or 2.3% to $312.5 million. The decrease in other portfolios included a $630,000 decrease in the residential first mortgage portfolio to $170.4 million and a $9.1 million decrease in the construction and land development to $27.9 million. During 2017, management directed its focus to higher yielding commercial real estate and construction loans and deemphasized residential first mortgage lending.

 

Deposits increased by 6.5%, or $67.4 million, to $1,106.2 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $1,038.8 million at December 31, 2016. During 2017, balance sheet growth was balanced, with deposit growth of $67.4 million slightly exceeding loan growth of $61.1 million. Retail deposits, which include all deposits except traditional brokered deposits, increased a total of $79.4 million, comprised of increases in transaction accounts of $48.6 million and time deposits of $30.8 million. These retail increases to deposits were partially offset by a decrease to brokered deposits of $12.0 million.

 

2018 First Quarter Operations Summary

At March 31, 2018, we had total assets of $1.6 billion, a 12.2% increase from total assets of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2017. The largest components of our total assets are loans, cash and cash equivalents, securities and bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) which were $1.3 billion, $34.5 million, $169.2 million and $35.6 million, respectively, at March 31, 2018. Comparatively, our loans, cash and cash equivalents and securities totaled $1.1 billion, $15.4 million, $167.5 million and $29.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2017. Our liabilities and stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2018 totaled $1.4 billion and $145.7 million, respectively, compared to liabilities of $1.3 billion and stockholders’ equity of $110.0 million at December 31, 2017. The principal component of our liabilities is deposits which were $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

 

  54  

 

 

The Company reported net income of $1.2 million, or $0.22 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to net income of $2.3 million, or $0.51 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Company reported a net loss of $459,000, or ($0.10) per share for the three months ended December 31, 2017. The decrease in net income from the first and fourth quarters of 2017, resulted primarily from $2.9 million in merger-related costs incurred in the first quarter of 2018. Merger and acquisition costs for the three months ended March 2018, included $1.3 million of termination costs of County First’s core processing contract as well as investment banking, legal fees and the costs of employee agreements and severance for terminations that occurred as of the end of the quarter. The increase in noninterest expense was partially offset by an increase in net interest income realized from the integrated operations of County First associated with the January 1, 2018 acquisition and from a lower effective tax rate as a result of the passage of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act Of 2017 in December 2017.

 

Return on average assets and earnings per share improved to 0.31% and $0.22 in the first quarter of 2018 compared (0.13%) and $(0.10) in the fourth quarter of 2017 and declined from 0.70% and $0.51 in the first quarter of 2017. Operating return on average assets and operating earnings per share improved to 0.85% and $0.61 in the first quarter of 2018 from 0.72% and $0.54 in the fourth quarter and $0.70% and $0.51 in the first quarter of 2017. The improvement in core earnings compared to the prior quarter and the same quarter in 2017, was the result of increased net interest income and net interest margin, while continuing management’s focus on expense control. Net interest margin increased 25 basis points to 3.54% in the first quarter of 2018 compared to 3.29% in the fourth quarter of 2017. Net interest margin increased 14 basis points to 3.54% in the first quarter of 2018 compared to 3.40% in the first quarter of 2017. Net interest margin increased due to the acquisition of low cost transaction deposits and higher yielding loans from County First, the continued trend of higher loan yields on repricing loans and new loans, and the pay down of wholesale funding during the first quarter of 2018. The accretion of the purchase accounting fair value mark was $321,000, representing approximately 10 basis points of the net interest margin expansion in the first quarter of 2018. Wholesale funding, which includes traditional brokered deposits and FHLB advances, decreased $64.7 million from $261.9 million (18.7% of assets) at December 31, 2017 to $197.2 million (12.5% of assets) at March 31, 2018.

 

Noninterest expense of $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 increased $4.3 million and $4.0 million, respectively, compared to $7.4 million and $7.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the prior quarter, primarily due to the County First acquisition. Merger and acquisition costs of $2.9 million were recorded in the first quarter of 2018 as well as additional costs related to supporting five operating County First branches. The Company will continue to carry additional noninterest expense in the second and third quarters of 2018 until the four branch closures are complete and duplicate vendors and processes are discontinued. Noninterest expense of $8.8 million in the first quarter of 2018, excluding merger and acquisition costs reflected management’s expected expense run rate of between $8.9 and $9.1 million for the first two quarters of 2018.

 

COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2018 AND 2017

Earnings Summary

The Company reported net income of $1.2 million, or $0.22 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to net income of $2.3 million, or $0.51 per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from $2.9 million in merger-related costs, which included $1.3 million of termination costs of County First’s core processing contract as well as investment banking, legal fees and the costs of employee agreements and severance for terminations that occurred as of the end of the quarter. The Company will continue to carry additional noninterest expense in the second and third quarters of 2018, until the four branch closures are complete and duplicate vendors and processes are discontinued. The increase in noninterest expense was partially offset by an increase in net interest income realized from the integrated operations of County First associated with the January 1, 2018 acquisition and from a lower effective tax rate. The lower effective tax rate was the result of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate under the December 2017 enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Company’s return on average assets (“ROAA”) and return on average common equity (“ROACE”) were 0.31% and 3.33% for the first quarter of 2018 compared to 0.70% and 8.78% for the first quarter of 2017.

 

The Company reported operating net income, which excludes merger-related expenses, of $3.4 million, or $0.61 per share, three months ended March 31, 2018. This compares to operating net income of $2.3 million, or $0.51 per share for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Operating net income reflects higher net interest income and higher noninterest income partially offset by higher noninterest expense, much of which is associated with the acquisition of County First. The Company’s operating ROAA and ROACE were 0.85% and 9.15% for the first quarter of 2018 compared to 0.70% and 8.81% for the first quarter of 2017.

 

  55  

 

 

Net Interest Income

The primary component of the Company’s net income is its net interest income, which is the difference between income earned on assets and interest paid on the deposits and borrowings used to fund them. Net interest income is affected by the difference between the yields earned on the Company’s interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities. Net interest income, divided by average interest-earning assets, represents the Company’s net interest margin.

 

Net interest income totaled $12.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, which represents a $2.2 million, or 20.8%, increase from $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Average total earning assets increased $202.4 million, or 16.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 to $1,456.9 million compared to $1,254.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in average total earning assets for the three months ended March 31, 2018 from the comparable quarter in 2017, resulted primarily from a $191.0 million, or 17.6%, increase in average loans as a result of organic growth and the acquisition of County First and a $11.4 million, or 6.6%, increase in average investments. Interest income increased $3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the first quarter of 2017. The increase in interest income resulted from larger average balances of interest-earning assets contributing $2.3 million and higher interest yields accounting for $690,000.

 

Average total interest-bearing liabilities increased $124.3 million, or 11.5%, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 to $1,203.1 million compared to $1,078.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. During the same timeframe, average noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $77.5 million, or 54.5%, to $219.7 million compared to $142.2 million. Interest expense increased $755,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the first quarter of 2017. The increase in interest expense resulted from larger average balances of interest-bearing liabilities contributing $113,000 and higher interest rates accounting for $642,000.

 

Net interest margin of 3.54% was 14 basis points higher than the 3.40% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in net interest margin from the first quarter of 2017 resulted primarily from a 21 basis point increase in yield on loans, due primarily to higher contractual interest rates on new and repricing loans, the recognition of the acquired performing fair value mark related to County First and the addition of higher yielding loans from the County First acquisition. There was $321,000 of accretion interest in the first quarter of 2018. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in margin due to a 17 basis point increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s cost of funds increased 10 basis points from 0.74% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 0.84% for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

During first quarter of 2018, the County First acquisition of and the management of funding more than offset increased rates on deposit accounts and wholesale funding due to the Federal Reserve’s actions to raise short-term interest rates. Additionally, net interest margin was positively impacted by the acquisition of County First’s lower cost transaction deposit accounts and the pay down of wholesale funding with County First cash and the sale of securities in January 2018. The Company’s net interest margin increased 25 basis points to 3.54% in the first quarter of 2018 compared to 3.29% in the fourth quarter of 2017.

 

The following table shows the components of net interest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Interest and Dividend Income                                
Loans, including fees   $ 14,726     $ 11,970     $ 2,756       23.0 %
Taxable interest and dividends on investment  securities     1,095       946       149       15.8 %
Interest on deposits with banks     72       6       66       1100.0 %
Total Interest and Dividend Income     15,893       12,922       2,971       23.0 %
                                 
Interest Expenses                                
Deposits     1,956       1,269       687       54.1 %
Short-term borrowings     283       147       136       92.5 %
Long-term debt     764       832       (68 )     (8.2 %)
Total Interest Expenses     3,003       2,248       755       33.6 %
                                 
Net Interest Income (NII)   $ 12,890     $ 10,674     $ 2,216       20.8 %

 

  56  

 

 

The following table presents information on average balances and rates for deposits.

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31,        
    2018     2017  
    Average     Average     Average     Average  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Balance     Rate  
Savings   $ 74,944       0.06 %   $ 51,419       0.05 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     496,995       0.44 %     412,077       0.30 %
Certificates of deposit     469,248       1.19 %     440,527       0.87 %
Total interest-bearing deposits     1,041,187       0.75 %     904,023       0.56 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     219,703               142,189          
    $ 1,260,890       0.62 %   $ 1,046,212       0.48 %

 

The following table shows the change in funding sources and the cost of funds for the comparable periods:

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2018     2017  
    Average     Average     Percentage     Average     Average     Percentage  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     Rate     Funding     Balance     Rate     Funding  
Interest-bearing deposits   $ 1,041,187       0.75 %     73.18 %   $ 904,023       0.56 %     74.04 %
Debt     161,910       2.59 %     11.38 %     174,760       2.24 %     14.31 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,203,097       1.00 %     84.56 %     1,078,783       0.83 %     88.35 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     219,703               15.44 %     142,189               11.65 %
Total funds   $ 1,422,800       0.84 %     100.00 %   $ 1,220,972       0.74 %     100.00 %

 

  57  

 

 

The following table presents information on the average balances of the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and interest earned or paid thereon for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. There are no tax equivalency adjustments.

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
          2018                 2017        
                Average                 Average  
    Average           Yield/     Average           Yield/  
dollars in thousands   Balance     Interest     Cost     Balance     Interest     Cost  
                                     
Assets                                    
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 816,954     $ 9,321       4.56 %   $ 668,356     $ 7,388       4.42 %
Residential first mortgages     169,075       1,573       3.72 %     174,332       1,665       3.82 %
Residential rentals     127,630       1,636       5.13 %     101,199       1,157       4.57 %
Construction and land development     28,838       373       5.17 %     38,591       430       4.46 %
Home equity and second mortgages     40,348       515       5.11 %     20,990       217       4.14 %
Commercial and equipment loans     100,358       1,294       5.16 %     88,577       1,104       4.99 %
Consumer loans     868       14       6.45 %     424       9       8.49 %
Allowance for loan losses     (10,716 )     -       0.00 %     (10,068 )     -       0.00 %
Loan portfolio (1)     1,273,355       14,726       4.63 %     1,082,401       11,970       4.42 %
Investment securities, federal funds                                                
sold and interest-bearing deposits     183,567       1,167       2.54 %     172,131       952       2.21 %
Total Interest-Earning Assets     1,456,922       15,893       4.36 %     1,254,532       12,922       4.12 %
Cash and cash equivalents     26,053                       11,289                  
Goodwill     10,145                       -                  
Core deposit intangible     3,479                       -                  
Other assets     84,939                       71,993                  
Total Assets   $ 1,581,538                     $ 1,337,814                  
                                                 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Savings   $ 74,944     $ 12       0.06 %   $ 51,419     $ 6       0.05 %
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     496,995       543       0.44 %     412,077       308       0.30 %
Certificates of deposit     469,248       1,401       1.19 %     440,527       954       0.87 %
Long-term debt     50,377       285       2.26 %     61,882       366       2.37 %
Short-term borrowings     76,533       283       1.48 %     77,878       147       0.76 %
Subordinated Notes     23,000       359       6.24 %     23,000       359       6.24 %
                                                 
TRUPS     12,000       120       4.00 %     12,000       108       3.60 %
                                                 
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities     1,203,097       3,003       1.00 %     1,078,783       2,248       0.83 %
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits     219,703                       142,189                  
Other liabilities     12,026                       10,101                  
Stockholders' equity     146,712                       106,741                  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 1,581,538                     $ 1,337,814                  
                                                 
Net interest income           $ 12,890                     $ 10,674          
Interest rate spread                     3.36 %                     3.29 %
Net yield on interest-earning assets                     3.54 %                     3.40 %
Ratio of average interest-earning  assets to average interest-bearing liabilities                     121.10 %                     116.29 %
Cost of funds                     0.84 %                     0.74 %
Cost of deposits                     0.62 %                     0.48 %
Cost of debt                     2.59 %                     2.24 %

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans. There are no tax equivalency adjustments. There was $321,000 of accretion interest during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

  58  

 

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the Bank for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by old rate); and (2) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by old volume). Changes in rate-volume (changes in rate multiplied by the change in volume) have been allocated to changes due to volume.

 

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018

compared to the Three Months Ended

March 31, 2017

 

          Due to        
dollars in thousands   Volume     Rate     Total  
                   
Interest income:                        
Loan portfolio (1)   $ 2,208     $ 548     $ 2,756  
Investment securities, federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits     73       142       215  
Total interest-earning assets   $ 2,281     $ 690     $ 2,971  
                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:                        
Savings     4       2       6  
Interest-bearing demand and money market accounts     93       142       235  
Certificates of deposit     86       361       447  
Long-term debt     (65 )     (16 )     (81 )
Short-term borrowings     (5 )     141       136  
Subordinated notes     -       -       -  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest  in junior subordinated debentures     -       12       12  
Total interest-bearing liabilities   $ 113     $ 642     $ 755  
Net change in net interest income   $ 2,168     $ 48     $ 2,216  

 

(1) Average balance includes non-accrual loans. There are no tax equivalency adjustments. There was $321,000 of accretion interest during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

  59  

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

The following table shows the dollar and percentage changes for the provision for loan losses for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Provision for loan losses   $ 500     $ 380     $ 120       31.6 %

 

The provision for loan losses increased $120,000 to $500,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to $380,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Net charge-offs of $544,000 were recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to net charge-offs of $131,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. See further discussion of the provision under the caption “Asset Quality” in the Comparison of Financial Condition section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

 

Noninterest Income

The following table shows the components of noninterest income and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Income                                
Loan appraisal, credit, and miscellaneous charges   $ 53     $ 47     $ 6       12.8 %
Net gains (losses) on sale of OREO     -       27       (27 )     (100.0 %)
Income from bank owned life insurance     226       191       35       18.3 %
Service charges     752       610       142       23.3 %
Total Noninterest Income   $ 1,031     $ 875     $ 156       17.8 %

 

Noninterest income of $1.0 for the first quarter of 2018 increased by $151,000 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to additional service charge income from the acquisition of County First’s deposit relationships and from the monthly income earned from approximately $6.3 million of Bank Owned Life Insurance acquired in the transaction.

 

Noninterest Expense

The following tables show the components of noninterest expense and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,              
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Salary and employee benefits   $ 5,047     $ 4,313     $ 734       17.0 %
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     114       195       (81 )     (41.5 %)
Merger and acquisition costs     2,868       17       2,851       n/a  
Operating expenses     3,638       2,854       784       27.5 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 11,667     $ 7,379     $ 4,288       58.1 %

 

  60  

 

  

    Three Months Ended March 31,              
(dollars in thousands )   2018     2017     $ Change     % Change  
Noninterest Expense                                
Salary and employee benefits   $ 5,047     $ 4,313     $ 734       17.0 %
Occupancy expense     766       653       113       17.3 %
Advertising     159       108       51       47.2 %
Data processing expense     683       577       106       18.4 %
Professional fees     352       320       32       10.0 %
Merger & acquisition costs     2,868       17       2,851       16770.6 %
Depreciation of premises and equipment     199       199       -       0.0 %
Telephone communications     99       51       48       94.1 %
Office supplies     40       32       8       25.0 %
FDIC Insurance     198       166       32       19.3 %
OREO valuation allowance and expenses     114       195       (81 )     (41.5 %)
Core deposit intangible amortization     205       -       205       n/a  
Other     937       748       189       25.3 %
Total Noninterest Expense   $ 11,667     $ 7,379     $ 4,288       58.1 %

 

Noninterest expense of $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, increased $4.3 million, or 58.1%, compared to $7.4 million in the first quarter of 2017. Noninterest expense, excluding merger-related expenses, increased $1.4 million, or 19.5%, to $8.8 million in the first quarter 2018 compared to $7.4 million in the first quarter of 2017. Overall the increases in noninterest expenses were due primarily to increases in salary and employee benefits due to the addition of County First employees. Other increases from the comparable periods were to occupancy expense, data processing expense, core deposit intangible amortization, advertising expense and FDIC insurance expense, all of which were due primarily to the acquisition of County First. The Company has scheduled the closing of four of the five acquired branches in May 2018 with a positive impact on the Company’s expense run rate expected in the second half of 2018 due to lower overhead.

 

Income Tax Expense

The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate was 30.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, due to lower tax rates enacted with the passage of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017 partially offset by certain non-deductible merger-related expenses and holding company expenses that are not deductible for state tax purposes. The Company’s normal effective rate as of March 31, 2018 was 27.52% (19.27% for federal; 8.25% for state). The Company’s consolidated effective tax rate was 38.2% in the first quarter of 2017.

 

  61  

 

 

COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT MARCH 31, 2018 AND DECEMBER 31, 2017

Assets

Total assets increased $171.0 million, or 12.2%, to $1.6 billion at March 31, 2018 compared to total assets of $1.4 billion at December 31, 2017, primarily as a result of the acquisition of County First. Cash and cash equivalents increased $19.0 million, or 123.5%, to $34.5 million and total securities increased $1.7 million, to $169.2 million. Gross loans increased 11.3% or $129.6 million from $1,150.0 million at December 31, 2017 to $1,279.7 million at March 31, 2018, primarily due to the acquisition. The differences in allocations between the cash and investment categories reflect operational needs. The following table shows the Company’s assets and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
                         
Cash and due from banks   $ 29,739     $ 13,315     $ 16,424       123.3 %
Federal funds sold     730       -       730       n/a  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks     3,986       2,102       1,884       89.6 %
Securities available for sale (AFS), at fair value     71,024       68,285       2,739       4.0 %
Securities held to maturity (HTM), at amortized cost     98,198       99,246       (1,048 )     (1.1 %)
FHLB stock - at cost     5,587       7,276       (1,689 )     (23.2 %)
Net Loans     1,270,302       1,140,615       129,687       11.4 %
Goodwill     10,277       -       10,277       n/a  
Premises and equipment, net     22,496       21,391       1,105       5.2 %
Premises and equipment held for sale     2,341       -       2,341       n/a  
Other real estate owned (OREO)     9,352       9,341       11       0.1 %
Accrued interest receivable     4,749       4,511       238       5.3 %
Investment in bank owned life insurance     35,619       29,398       6,221       21.2 %
Core deposit intangible     3,385       -       3,385       n/a  
Other assets     9,211       10,481       (1,270 )     (12.1 %)
Total Assets   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961     $ 171,035       12.2 %

 

The Bank acquired $144.1 million of County First principal loan balances on January 1, 2018. During the first quarter of 2018, there were several County First relationships that the Company encouraged to seek other financing. This contributed to a decrease in the first quarter of $12.3 million in acquired principal balances. Net growth of the Bank’s legacy portfolio was $781,000 with commercial real estate growing $17.4 million at an annual rate of 9.6%, substantially offset by payoffs of other commercial legacy loans primarily from customer sales of underlying collateral.

 

The acquisition of County First led to a slight shift in loan mix at March 31, 2018 compared to December 31, 2017. The combination of commercial and industrial and owner-occupied real estate loans increased $21 million from $378 million (33% of loans) at December 31, 2017 to $399 million (31% of loans) at March 31, 2018. Regulatory concentrations for non-owner occupied commercial real estate and construction decreased from 309.6% and 65.5% at December 31, 2017 to 294.2% and 65.3%at March 31, 2018.

 

  62  

 

  

The following is a breakdown of the Company’s loan portfolio at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   PCI     All other
loans**
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
    Total     % of
Gross
Loans
 
                                     
Commercial real estate   $ 1,537     $ 816,038     $ 817,576       63.88 %   $ 727,314       63.25 %
Residential first mortgages     -       166,390       166,390       13.00 %     170,374       14.81 %
Residential rentals     1,756       127,271       129,026       10.08 %     110,228       9.58 %
Construction and land development     110       28,116       28,226       2.21 %     27,871       2.42 %
Home equity and second mortgages     468       39,013       39,481       3.09 %     21,351       1.86 %
Commercial loans     -       52,198       52,198       4.08 %     56,417       4.91 %
Consumer loans     -       853       853       0.07 %     573       0.05 %
Commercial equipment     -       45,905       45,905       3.59 %     35,916       3.12 %
Gross loans     3,871       1,275,784       1,279,655       100.00 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Net deferred costs (fees)     -       1,118       1,118       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 3,871     $ 1,276,902     $ 1,280,773             $ 1,151,130          
Less: allowance for loan losses     -       (10,471 )     (10,471 )     -0.82 %     (10,515 )     -0.91 %
Net loans   $ 3,871     $ 1,266,431     $ 1,270,302             $ 1,140,615          

 

**All other loans include acquired Non-PCI pools at fair value.

 

The following is a breakdown of acquired and non-acquired loans as of March 31, 2018:

 

BY ACQUIRED AND NON-ACQUIRED   March 31, 2018     %     December 31, 2017     %  
                         
Acquired loans - performing   $ 121,615       9.50 %   $ -       0.00 %
Acquired loans - purchase credit impaired ("PCI")     3,871       0.30 %     -       0.00 %
Total acquired loans     125,486       9.81 %     -       0.00 %
Non-acquired loans**     1,154,169       90.19 %     1,150,044       100.00 %
Gross loans     1,279,655               1,150,044          
Net deferred costs (fees)     1,118       0.09 %     1,086       0.09 %
Total loans, net of deferred costs   $ 1,280,773             $ 1,151,130          

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

In terms of accounting designations, compared to 2017Q4: (i) non-acquired loans, which include certain renewed and/or restructured acquired performing loans that are re-designated as non-acquired, increased $4.1 million, or 3.6%, to $1,154.2 million; (ii) acquired performing loans increased $121.6 million to $121.6 million; and (iii) purchase credit impaired (“PCI”) loans increased $3.9 million to $3.9 million. At March 31, 2018, performing acquired loans, which totaled $121.6 million, included a $2.3 million net acquisition accounting fair market value adjustment, representing a 1.87% “mark;” and PCI loans which totaled $3.9 million, included a $666,000 adjustment, representing a 14.68% “mark.”

 

  63  

 

 

Asset Quality

The following tables show asset quality ratios at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

    (Unaudited)                    
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
ASSET QUALITY                                
Total assets   $ 1,576,996     $ 1,405,961     $ 171,035       12.2 %
Gross loans     1,279,655       1,150,044       129,611       11.3  
Classified Assets     44,736       50,298       (5,562 )     (11.1 )
Allowance for loan losses     10,471       10,515       (44 )     (0.4 )
                                 
Past due loans - 31 to 89 days     5,231       9,227       (3,996 )     (43.3 )
Past due loans >=90 days     6,281       2,483       3,798       153.0  
Total past due (delinquency) loans     11,512       11,710       (198 )     (1.7 )
                                 
Non-accrual loans (a)     8,439       4,693       3,746       79.8  
Accruing troubled debt restructures (TDRs) (b)     9,953       10,021       (68 )     (0.7 )
Other real estate owned (OREO)     9,352       9,341       11       0.1  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs   $ 27,744     $ 24,055     $ 3,689       15.3  
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS                                
Classified assets to total assets     2.84 %     3.58 %                
Classified assets to risk-based capital     24.81       32.10                  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     0.82       0.91                  
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans     124.08       224.06                  
Past due loans - 31 to 89 days to total loans     0.41       0.80                  
Past due loans >=90 days to total loans     0.49       0.22                  
Total past due (delinquency) to total loans     0.90       1.02                  
Non-accrual loans to total loans     0.66       0.41                  
Non-accrual loans and TDRs to total loans     1.44       1.28                  
Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets     1.13       1.00                  
Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets     1.76       1.71                  

 

(a) Non-accrual loans include all loans that are 90 days or more delinquent and loans that are non-accrual due to the operating results or cash flows of a customer. Non-accrual loans can include loans that are current with all loan payments.

 

(b) At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank had total TDRs of $9.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively, with $730,000 and $769,000, respectively, in non-accrual status. These loans are classified as non-accrual loans for the calculation of financial ratios.

 

The Company continues to pursue its approach of maximizing contractual rights with individual classified customer relationships. The objective is to expeditiously resolve non-performing or substandard credits that are not likely to become performing or passing credits in a reasonable timeframe. Management believes this strategy is in the best long-term interest of the Company.

 

Classified assets decreased $5.6 million from $50.3 million at December 31, 2017 to $44.7 million at March 31, 2018. Management considers classified assets to be an important measure of asset quality. The following is a breakdown of the Company’s classified and special mention assets at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

  64  

 

  

Classified Assets and Special Mention Assets

 

(dollars in thousands)   As of
March 31, 2018
    As of
December 31, 2017
    As of
December 31, 2016
    As of
December 31, 2015
    As of
December 31, 2014
 
Classified loans                                        
Substandard   $ 34,772     $ 40,306     $ 30,463     $ 31,943     $ 46,735  
Doubtful     -       -       137       861       -  
Loss     -       -       -       -       -  
Total classified loans     34,772       40,306       30,600       32,804       46,735  
Special mention loans     2,033       96       -       1,642       5,460  
Total classified and special mention loans   $ 36,805     $ 40,402     $ 30,600     $ 34,446     $ 52,195  
                                         
Classified loans     34,772       40,306       30,600       32,804       46,735  
Classified securities     612       651       883       1,093       1,404  
Other real estate owned     9,352       9,341       7,763       9,449       5,883  
Total classified assets   $ 44,736     $ 50,298     $ 39,246     $ 43,346     $ 54,022  
                                         
Total classified assets as a percentage of total assets     2.84 %     3.58 %     2.94 %     3.79 %     4.99 %
Total classified assets as a percentage of Risk Based Capital     24.81 %     32.10 %     26.13 %     30.19 %     39.30 %

 

Non-accrual loans and OREO to total assets increased from 1.00% at December 31, 2017 to 1.13%at March 31, 2018. Non-accrual loans, OREO and TDRs to total assets increased $3.7 million from $24.1 million or 1.71% at December 31, 2017 to $27.8 million or 1.76% at March 31, 2018. The $3.7 million increase in non-accrual balances was principally due to two well-secured commercial customer relationships that became non-accrual for three months ended March 31, 2018. The first relationship is $2.3 million in loans with short-term operational cash flow shortfalls that may be addressed with additional working capital provided by an investor. For the second relationship, in three months ended March 31, 2018, the Bank charged-off $200,000 of a loan of $2.1 million to adjust the loan’s carrying value to the fair value of the collateral, which is a property awaiting the court’s foreclosure ratification. The property was purchased at the foreclosure auction by a third party with no financing being provided by the Bank.

 

Non-accrual loans (90 days or greater delinquent and non-accrual only loans) increased $3.7 million from $4.7 million or 0.41% of total loans at December 31, 2017 to $8.4 million or 0.66% of total loans at March 31, 2018. Non-accrual loans can be current, but classified as non-accrual due to customer operating results or payment history. All interest accrued but not collected from loans that are placed on non-accrual or charged-off is reversed against interest income. In accordance with the Company’s policy, interest income is recognized on a cash basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual status.

 

At March 31, 2018, non-accrual loans of $8.4 million included 26 loans, of which $6.3 million, or 75% represented nine loans and four customer relationships. At December 31, 2017, non-accrual loans of $4.7 million included 24 loans, of which $3.3 million, or 71% represented 10 loans and five customer relationships. During the year ended December 31, 2017 non-accrual loans decreased $3.0 million due to the foreclosure of a stalled residential development project. The Bank is working with a construction manager to stabilize and market the project. Before the foreclosure, the loans in this relationship were troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”). Additionally, during the third quarter of 2017, non-accrual loans decreased $607,000 due to the foreclosure of a commercial office building.

 

Non-accrual loans included one TDR totaling $730,000 and $769,000 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. This loan is classified solely as non-accrual for the calculation of financial ratios.

 

Loan delinquency (90 days or greater delinquent and 31-89 days delinquent) decreased $198,000 from $11.7 million, or 1.02% of loans, at December 31, 2017 to $11.5 million, or 0.90% of loans, at March 31, 2018.

 

  65  

 

 

TDRs decreased $107,000 due to principal paydowns for the three months ended March 31, 2018. There were no TDRs added or disposed of during the three months ended March 31, 2018. The Company had specific reserves of $448,000 on six TDRs totaling $2.8 million at March 31, 2018. The Company had specific reserves of $413,000 on seven TDRs totaling $3.0 million at December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2017, TDR disposals, which included payoffs and refinancing decreased by seven loans totaling $3.9 million, of which $3.0 million related to the foreclosure of the stalled residential development project mentioned previously. TDR loan principal curtailment was $385,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no TDRs added during the year ended December 31, 2017. The following is a breakdown by loan classification of the Company’s TDRs at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Dollars     Number
of Loans
    Dollars     Number
of Loans
 
                         
Commercial real estate   $ 9,175       9     $ 9,273       9  
Residential first mortgages     522       2       527       2  
Residential rentals     219       1       221       1  
Construction and land development     729       2       729       2  
Commercial loans     4       1       4       1  
Commercial equipment     34       1       36       1  
Total TDRs   $ 10,683       16     $ 10,790       16  
Less: TDRs included in non-accrual loans     (730 )     (1 )     (769 )     (1 )
Total accrual TDR loans   $ 9,953       15     $ 10,021       15  

 

The company reported a $500,000 provision for loan loss expense three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to a provision of $380,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Allowance for loan loss levels decreased to 0.82% of total loans at March 31, 2018 compared to 0.91% at December 31, 2017 due to the addition of County First loans for which no allowance was provided for in accordance with purchase accounting standards. Net charge-offs of $544,000 were recognized three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to net charge-offs of $131,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on a periodic evaluation of the portfolio with consideration given to: overall loss experience; current economic conditions; size, growth and composition of the loan portfolio; financial condition of the borrowers; current appraised values of underlying collateral and other relevant factors that, in management’s judgment, warrant recognition in determining an adequate allowance. Improvements to baseline charge-off factors for the periods used to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance as well as improvements in some qualitative factors, such as slower portfolio growth, were offset by increases in other qualitative factors. The specific allowance is based on management’s estimate of realizable value for particular loans. Management believes that the allowance is adequate.

 

  66  

 

  

The following is a summary roll forward of the allowance and a breakdown of the Company’s general and specific allowances as a percentage of gross loans at and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2017, respectively:

 

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     March 31, 2017  
                   
Beginning of period   $ 10,515     $ 10,435     $ 9,860  
                         
Charge-offs     (580 )     (13 )     (148 )
Recoveries     36       63       17  
Net charge-offs     (544 )     50       (131 )
                         
Provision for loan losses     500       30       380  
End of period   $ 10,471     $ 10,515     $ 10,109  
                         
Net charge-offs to average loans (annualized)     -0.17 %     0.02 %     -0.05 %
                         
Breakdown of general and specific allowance as a percentage of gross loans                        
General allowance   $ 9,310     $ 9,491     $ 8,444  
Specific allowance     1,161       1,024       1,665  
    $ 10,471     $ 10,515     $ 10,109  
General allowance     0.73 %     0.82 %     0.76 %
Specific allowance     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.15 %
Allowance to gross loans     0.82 %     0.91 %     0.91 %
                         
Allowance to non-acquired gross loans     0.91 %     0.91 %     0.91 %
                         
Total acquired loans     125,486       -       -  
Non-acquired loans**     1,154,169       1,150,044       1,113,742  
Gross loans     1,279,655       1,150,044       1,113,742  

 

** Non-acquired loans include loans transferred from acquired pools following release of acquisition accounting FMV adjustments.

 

The OREO balance was stable at $9.3 million at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, OREO additions were $101,000 and $0, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, there were no disposals of OREO. The Company disposed of three residential properties and three residential lots for proceeds of $846,000 and a gain of $27,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The Bank provided $200,000 in financing for one residential property and the three residential lots which were transferred from OREO to loans during the first quarter of 2017. The transaction qualified for full accrual sales treatment under ASC Topic 360-20-40 “Property Plant and Equipment – Derecognition. Additions to the valuation allowances of $90,000 and $196,000 were taken to adjust properties to current appraised values for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. OREO carrying amounts reflect management’s estimate of the realizable value of these properties incorporating current appraised values, local real estate market conditions and related costs.

 

At December 31, 2017, 99.6%, or $162.3 million of the asset-backed securities and bonds issued by GSEs and U.S. Agencies and others were rated AAA by Standard & Poor’s or the equivalent credit rating from another major rating agency compared to 99.6%, or $162.3 million, at December 31, 2017. Debt securities are evaluated quarterly to determine whether a decline in their value is OTTI. No OTTI charge was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. Classified securities decreased $39,000 from $651,000 at December 31, 2017 to $612,000 at March 31, 2018.

 

Gross unrealized losses on HTM and AFS securities increased from $3.1 million at December 31, 2017 to $5.2 million at March 31, 2018 (see Note 10 in Consolidated Financial Statements). Gross unrealized losses at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 for AFS securities were $2.6 million and $1.7 million, respectively, of amortized cost of $73.6 million and $69.9 million, respectively. Gross unrealized losses at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 for HTM securities were $2.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, of amortized cost of $98.2 million and $99.2 million, respectively. The change in unrealized losses was the result of changes in interest rates, while credit risks remained stable. The Bank holds over 96% of its AFS and HTM securities as asset-backed securities of GSEs or U.S. Agencies, GSE agency bonds or U.S. government obligations. The Company intends to, and has the ability to, hold both AFS and HTM securities with unrealized losses until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. The Company believes that the AFS and HTM securities with unrealized losses will either recover in market value or be paid off as agreed.

 

  67  

 

 

Liabilities

The following table shows the Company’s liabilities and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
Deposits                                
Non-interest-bearing deposits   $ 229,612     $ 159,844     $ 69,768       43.6 %
Interest-bearing deposits     1,056,324       946,393       109,931       11.6 %
Total deposits     1,285,936       1,106,237       179,699       16.2 %
Short-term borrowings     51,500       87,500       (36,000 )     (41.1 %)
Long-term debt     45,483       55,498       (10,015 )     (18.0 %)
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in junior subordinated debentures (TRUPs)     12,000       12,000       -       0.0 %
Subordinated notes - 6.25%     23,000       23,000       -       0.0 %
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     13,420       11,769       1,651       14.0 %
Total Liabilities   $ 1,431,339     $ 1,296,004     $ 135,335       10.4 %

 

Deposits and Borrowings

Total deposits increased $179.7 million, or 16.2%, to $1,285.9 million at March 31, 2018, compared to $1,106.2 million at December 31, 2017 due primarily to the acquisition of County First. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $69.8 million, or 43.6%, to $229.6 million (17.9% of total deposits). The Company uses both traditional and reciprocal brokered deposits. Traditional brokered deposits were $100.2 million at March 31, 2018 compared to $118.9 million at December 31, 2017. Reciprocal brokered deposits are used to maximize FDIC insurance available to our customers. Reciprocal brokered deposits were $99.9 million at March 31, 2018 compared to $92.9 million at December 31, 2017. Transaction deposit accounts increased $152.8 million from $654.6 million (59% or deposits) at December 31, 2017 to $807.5 million (63% of deposits) at March 31, 2018. This contributed to deceasing the Bank’s cost of funds four basis points from 0.88% three months ended December 31, 2017 to 0.84% three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

Details of the Company’s deposit portfolio at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 are presented below:

 

    March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017  
(dollars in thousands)   Balance     %     Balance     %  
Noninterest-bearing demand   $ 229,612       17.86 %   $ 159,844       14.45 %
Interest-bearing:                                
Demand     217,039       16.88 %     215,447       19.48 %
Money market deposits     284,449       22.12 %     226,351       20.46 %
Savings     76,360       5.94 %     52,990       4.79 %
Certificates of deposit     478,476       37.21 %     451,605       40.82 %
Total interest-bearing     1,056,324       82.14 %     946,393       85.55 %
                                 
Total Deposits   $ 1,285,936       100.00 %   $ 1,106,237       100.00 %
                                 
Transaction accounts   $ 807,460       62.79 %   $ 654,632       59.18 %

 

FHLB long-term debt and short-term borrowings (“FHLB advances”) decreased $46.0 million, or 32.2%, to $97.0 million at March 31, 2018 compared to $143.0 million at December 31, 2017. Wholesale funding, which includes traditional brokered deposits and FHLB advances, decreased $64.7 million from $261.9 million (18.7% of assets) at December 31, 2017 to $197.2 million (12.5% of assets) at March 31, 2018. Cash and the sale of securities from the County First acquisition were used to pay down debt and brokered deposits. The Company uses brokered deposits and other wholesale funding to supplement funding when loan growth exceeds core deposit growth and for asset-liability management purposes.

 

  68  

 

 

The Bank uses advances from the FHLB of Atlanta to supplement the supply of funds it may lend and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB are secured by the Bank’s stock in the FHLB, a portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and certain investments. Generally, the Bank’s ability to borrow from the FHLB of Atlanta is limited by its available collateral and also by an overall limitation of 30% of assets. Further, short-term credit facilities are available at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond and other commercial banks. FHLB long-term debt consists of adjustable-rate advances with rates based upon LIBOR, fixed-rate advances, and convertible advances. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 100% of the Bank’s long-term debt was fixed for rate and term, as the conversion optionality of the advances have either been exercised or expired.

 

Stockholders’ Equity

The following table shows the Company’s equity and the dollar and percentage changes for the periods presented.

 

(dollars in thousands)   March 31, 2018     December 31, 2017     $ Change     % Change  
                         
Common Stock at par of $0.01   $ 56     $ 46     $ 10       21.7 %
Additional paid in capital     83,947       48,209       35,738       74.1 %
Retained earnings     64,307       63,648       659       1.0 %
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,898 )     (1,191 )     (707 )     59.4 %
Unearned ESOP shares     (755 )     (755 )     -       0.0 %
Total Stockholders' Equity   $ 145,657     $ 109,957     $ 35,700       32.5 %

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $35.7 million, or 32.5%, to $145.7 million at March 31, 2018 compared to $110.0 million at December 31, 2017. This increase primarily resulted from the issuance of 918,526 shares of common stock, valued at $35.6 million as the stock component of the merger consideration paid in the County First acquisition. The Company’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets increased to 8.44% at March 31, 2018 from 7.82% at December 31, 2017. The Company’s Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) ratio was 10.31%at March 31, 2018 compared to 9.51% at December 31, 2017. The Company remains well capitalized with a Tier 1 capital to average assets (leverage ratio) of 9.35%at March 31, 2018 compared to 8.79% at December 31, 2017. Common stockholders' equity of $145.7 million at March 31, 2018 resulted in a book value of $26.13 per common share compared to $23.65 at December 31, 2017. Tangible book value at March 31, 2018 was $23.68. Tangible book value was the same as book value prior to December 31, 2017 because the Company had no intangible assets.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, stockholders’ equity increased $35.7 million to $145.7 million. The increase in stockholders’ equity was due to $35.6 million issuance of stock for the County First acquisition, net income of $1.2 million, stock-based compensation of $105,000 and other stock related activities of $6,000. These increases to capital were partially offset by quarterly common dividends paid of $544,000 and a current year increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $707,000.

 

  69  

 

  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital Resources

The Company has no business other than holding the stock of the Bank and does not have significant operating cash needs, except for the payment of dividends declared on common stock, and the payment of interest on subordinated debentures and subordinated notes, and noninterest expense.

 

The Company evaluates capital resources by our ability to maintain adequate regulatory capital ratios. The Company and the Bank annually update a three-year strategic capital plan. In developing its plan, the Company considers the impact to capital of asset growth, income accretion, dividends, holding company liquidity, investment in markets and people and stress testing. Our capital position is reflected in shareholders’ equity, subject to certain adjustments for regulatory purposes. Shareholders’ equity, or capital, is a measure of our net worth, soundness, and viability. We continue to remain in a well-capitalized position. Shareholders’ equity at March 31, 2018 was $145.7 million, compared to $110.0 million at December 31, 2017. The increase in capital during the first quarter of 2017 was principally due to a $35.6 million issuance of stock for the County First acquisition.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company performed ongoing assessments using regulatory capital ratios and determined that the Company meets the new requirements specified in the Basel III rules upon full adoption of such requirements. Our subsidiary bank made the election to retain the AOCI treatment under the prior capital rules in a March 2015 regulatory filing.

 

Federal banking regulations require the Company and the Bank to maintain specified levels of capital. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company and Bank were well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action under the Basel III Capital Rules. Management believes, as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Liquidity

Liquidity is our ability to meet cash demands as they arise. Such needs can develop from loan demand, deposit withdrawals or acquisition opportunities. Potential obligations resulting from the issuance of standby letters of credit and commitments to fund future borrowings to our loan customers are other factors affecting our liquidity needs. Many of these obligations and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements affecting our liquidity position.

 

Based on management’s going concern evaluation, we believe that there are no conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s or the Bank’s ability to continue as a going concern, within one year of the date of the issuance of the financial statements.

 

Asset liquidity is provided by cash and assets which are readily marketable or which will mature in the near future. Liquid assets include cash, federal funds sold, and short-term investments in cash deposits with other banks. Liquidity is also provided by access to funding sources, which include core depositors and brokered deposits. Other sources of funds include our ability to borrow, such as purchasing federal funds from correspondent banks, sales of securities under agreements to repurchase and advances from the FHLB.

 

At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank had $46.2 million and $65.6 million, respectively, in loan commitments outstanding. In addition, at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Bank had $21.3 million and $17.9 million, respectively, in letters of credit and approximately $205.9 million and $162.2 million, respectively, available under lines of credit. Certificates of deposit due within one year of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 totaled $310.0 million or 64.8% and $312.4 million, or 69.2%, respectively, of total certificates of deposit outstanding. If maturing deposits do not remain, the Bank will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and borrowings. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposits. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.

 

The Company’s principal sources of liquidity are cash on hand and dividends received from the Bank. The Bank is subject to various regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.

 

  70  

 

 

The Bank’s principal sources of funds for investment and operations are net income, deposits, sales of loans, borrowings, principal and interest payments on loans, principal and interest received on investment securities and proceeds from the maturity and sale of investment securities. The Bank’s principal funding commitments are for the origination or purchase of loans, the purchase of securities and the payment of maturing deposits. Deposits are considered the primary source of funds supporting the Bank’s lending and investment activities. The Bank also uses borrowings from the FHLB of Atlanta to supplement deposits. The amount of FHLB advances available to the Bank is limited to the lower of 30% of Bank assets or the amount supportable by eligible collateral including FHLB stock, loans and securities. In addition, the Bank has established unsecured and secured lines of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank and commercial banks.

 

For additional information on these agreements, including collateral, see Note 11 of the Consolidated Financial Statements as presented in the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash, cash equivalents and federal funds sold. The levels of such assets are dependent on the Bank’s operating, financing and investment activities at any given time. The variations in levels of cash and cash equivalents are influenced by deposit flows and anticipated future deposit flows.

 

Cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2018 totaled $34.5 million, an increase of $19.1million from the December 31, 2017 total of $15.4 million. Ending cash balances increased primarily due to proceeds from the sale of investment securities, excess of principal collected over loan originations, and cash from the County First acquisition. These increases were partially offset by decreases in net deposits and total debt outstanding. Changes to the level of cash and cash equivalents have minimal impact on operational needs as the Bank has substantial sources of funds available from other sources.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, all financing activities used $66.1 million in cash compared to $21.0 million in cash provided for the same period in 2017. The Company used $87.1 million of additional cash from financing activities in the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2017 primarily due to less growth in deposits of $32.5 million and net decreases of $54.5 million in long-term debt and short- term borrowings and an increase in dividends paid of $100,000. During the first quarter of 2018, the Company used cash and the sale of securities acquired in the County First acquisition to pay down wholesale brokered deposits and FHLB debt, which represents the reduction in both deposits and debt. Acquired deposits of approximately $200 million are not included on the cash flow statement.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, all investing activities provided $80.3 million in cash compared to $25.2 million in cash used for the same period in 2017. The increase in cash provided of $105.5 million was primarily the result of net increases in cash provided from $32.3 million of cash from the County First acquisition, $37.3 million for securities transactions, $36.4 million from loan activities, and $350,000 less cash used for purchases of premises and equipment. The Company received $34.9 million from the sale of securities from the County First acquisition in the first quarter of 2017 compared to no sales in the comparable prior year period. Cash provided increased as principal received on loans for three months ended March 31, 2018 increased over the prior year comparable period. Principal collected on loans increased $19.2 million from $59.4 million from the three months ended March 31, 2017 to $78.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. These increases in cash provided were slightly offset by the decrease in cash received from the sale of OREO for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to the same period in 2017.

 

Operating activities provided cash of $4.9 million, or $1.1 million more cash, for the three months ended March 31, 2018 compared to $3.8 million of cash provided for the same period of 2017.

 

  71  

 

  

ITEM 3. Quantitative and qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Interest rate risk is defined as the exposure to changes in net interest income and capital that arises from movements in interest rates. Depending on the composition of the balance sheet, increasing or decreasing interest rates can negatively affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company measures interest rate risk over the short and long term. The Company measures interest rate risk as the change in net interest income (“NII’) caused by a change in interest rates over twelve and twenty-four months. The Company’s NII simulations provide information about short-term interest rate risk exposure. The Company also measures interest rate risk by measuring changes in the values of assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity (“EVE”) is defined as the present value of future cash flows from existing assets, minus the present value of future cash flows from existing liabilities. EVE simulations reflect the interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities over a longer time period, considering the maturities, average life and duration of all balance sheet accounts.

 

The Board of Directors has established an interest rate risk policy, which is administered by the Bank’s Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits on risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in NII and EVE resulting from changes in interest rates. Both NII and EVE simulations assist in identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling interest rate risk and are used by management and the ALCO Committee to ensure that interest rate risk exposure will be maintained within Board policy guidelines. The ALCO Committee reports quarterly to the Board of Directors. Mitigating strategies are used to maintain interest rate risk within established limits.

 

The Company’s interest rate risk (“IRR”) model uses assumptions which include factors such as call features, prepayment options and interest rate caps and floors included in investment and loan portfolio contracts. Additionally, the IRR model estimates the lives and interest rate sensitivity of the Company’s non-maturity deposits. These assumptions have a significant effect on model results. The assumptions are developed primarily based upon historical behavior of Bank customers. The Company also considers industry and regional data in developing IRR model assumptions. There are inherent limitations in the Company’s IRR model and underlying assumptions. When interest rates change, actual movements of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. The Company prepares a current base case and several alternative simulations at least quarterly. Current interest rates are shocked by +/- 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis points (“bp”). In addition, the Company simulates additional rate curve scenarios (e.g., bear flattener). The Company may elect not to use particular scenarios that it determines are impractical in a current rate environment. The Company’s internal limits for parallel shock scenarios are as follows:

 

Shock in Basis Points   Net Interest Income
(“NII”)
    Economic Value of Equity
(“EVE”)
 
+ -  400     25 %     40 %
+ -  300     20 %     30 %
+ -  200     15 %     20 %
+ -  100     10 %     10 %

 

It is management’s goal to manage the portfolios of the Bank so that net interest income at risk over a twelve-month and twenty-four month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company did not exceed any Board approved sensitivity limits. Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. The below schedule estimates the changes in net interest income over a twelve-month period for parallel rate shocks for up 200, 100 and down 100 scenarios:

 

Estimated Changes in Net Interest Income                  
Change in Interest Rates:     + 200 bp       + 100 bp       - 100 bp  
Policy Limit     (15.00 %)     (10.00 %)     (10.00 %)
                         
March 31, 2018     0.72 %     0.47 %     (0.05 %)
December 31, 2017     (1.28 %)     (0.54 %)     (1.30 %)

 

  72  

 

 

Measures of equity value at risk indicate the ongoing economic value of the Company by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of the Company’s cash flows, and by discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The below schedule estimates the changes in the economic value of equity at parallel shocks for up 200, 100 and down 100 scenarios:

 

Estimated Changes in Economic Value of Equity (EVE)                  
Change in Interest Rates:     + 200 bp       + 100 bp       - 100 bp  
Policy Limit     (20.00 %)     (10.00 %)     (10.00 %)
                         
March 31, 2018     (6.54 %)     (3.08 %)     7.92 %
December 31, 2017     (13.15 %)     (6.01 %)     18.35 %

 

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report, management of the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and financial officers as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. It should be noted that the design of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain reasonable assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no reasonable assurance that any design of disclosure controls and procedures will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote, but the Company’s principal executive and financial officers have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are, in fact, effective at a reasonable assurance level. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

  

  73  

 

   

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1 - Legal Proceedings – The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings. The Bank is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. Such routine legal proceedings, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Item 1A - Risk Factors - In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in Part I, “Item 1A- Risk Factors” in the Form 10-K that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.

 

Item 2 – Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

(a) Not applicable
(b) Not applicable
(c) On May 4, 2015, the Board of Directors approved a repurchase plan (“2015 repurchase plan). The 2015 repurchase plan authorizes the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of outstanding common stock. The 2015 repurchase plan will continue until it is completed or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors. During the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the 2015 repurchase plan began with the termination of the 2008 repurchase program. As of March 31, 2018, 188,478 shares were available to be repurchased under the 2015 repurchase program. The following schedule shows repurchases during the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

                (c)        
                Total Number        
                of Shares     (d)  
                Purchased     Maximum  
    (a)           as Part of     Number of Shares  
    Total     (b)     Publicly     that May Yet Be  
    Number of     Average     Announced Plans     Purchased Under  
    Shares     Price Paid     or     the Plans or  
Period   Purchased     per Share     Programs     Programs  
January 1 - 31, 2018     -     $ -       -       188,558  
February 1 - 28, 2018     80       36.57       80       188,478  
March 1 - 31, 2018     -       -       -       188,478  
Total     80     $ 36.57       80       188,478  

 

Item 3 - Default Upon Senior Securities - None

Item 4 – Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable

Item 5 - Other Information - None

 

  74  

 

 

Item 6 – Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
     
10.1*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and William J. Pasenelli and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.2*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Todd L. Capitani and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.3*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James M. Burke and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.4*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Gregory C. Cockerham and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.5*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James F. Di Misa and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.6*   Employment Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Christy Lombardi and The Community Financial Corporation (solely as guarantor) dated April 30, 2018.
     
10.7*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and William J. Pasenelli dated September 6, 2003, amended on June 11, 2004, December 22, 2008 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.8*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Gregory C. Cockerham dated September 6, 2003, amended on December 22, 2008 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.9*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and William J. Pasenelli dated August 21, 2006, amended on April 13, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.10*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James M. Burke dated August 21, 2006, amended on April 13, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.11*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Gregory C. Cockerham dated August 21, 2006, amended on April 16, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.12*   Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James F. Di Misa dated August 21, 2006, amended on April 16, 2007, December 30, 2007 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.

 

  75  

 

  

10.13*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and William J. Pasenelli dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.14*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Todd L. Capitani dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.15*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James M. Burke dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.16*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Gregory C. Cockerham dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.17*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James F. Di Misa dated January 1, 2011, First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan dated January 1, 2011 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.18*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and William J. Pasenelli dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.19*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Todd L. Capitani dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.20*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James M. Burke dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.21*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Gregory C. Cockerham dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.22*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and James F. Di Misa dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
10.23*   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake and Christy Lombardi dated November 1, 2014 and amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018.
     
31   Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
     
32   Section 1350 Certification
     
101.0   The following materials from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

* Management contract or compensation plan arrangement.

 

  76  

 

  

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

  THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     
Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ William J. Pasenelli
    William J. Pasenelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer
     
Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ Todd L. Capitani
    Todd L. Capitani
    Chief Financial Officer

 

  77  

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), WILLIAM J. PASENELLI (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior employment agreements by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto; and any and all prior guaranty agreements, by and between the Company and the Employee.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the as the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In such employment positions, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”). The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company, and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of his election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date.”

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $440,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any

 

 

4

 

 

period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction

 

 

5

 

 

(other than one described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after

 

 

6

 

 

a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Three (3) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Three (3) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of his termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland as of the date of the Change in Control; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control; (d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those normally associated with the Employee’s position as referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting responsibilities) in connection with his employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank

 

 

7

 

 

materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other employees of comperable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

 

8

 

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws

 

 

9

 

 

of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

 

10

 

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of

 

11

 

 

employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year, and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    (As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ William J. Pasenelli
    William J. Pasenelli

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), TODD CAPITANI (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior employment agreements, by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and the Company. In such position, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Chief Executive Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company, and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of his election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date”.

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $298,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during

 

 

4

 

 

which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction (other than one

 

 

5

 

 

described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

  

6

 

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Two (2) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Two (2) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of his termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland as of the date of the Change in Control; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control; (d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those

 

 

7

 

 

normally associated with the Employee’s position as referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting responsibilities) in connection with his employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other employees of comparable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

 

8

 

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

9

 

   

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10

 

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that

 

11

 

 

qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    (As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Todd Capitani
    Todd Capitani

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), JAMES M. BURKE (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior employment agreements, by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the Bank as President and Chief Risk Officer of the Bank and the Chief Risk Officer of the Company. In such employment positions, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Chief Executive Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company, and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of his election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date”.

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $336,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during

 

 

4

 

 

which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction (other than one described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the

 

 

5

 

 

Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

  

6

 

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Three (3) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Three (3) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of his termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank or Company which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control; (d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those normally associated with the Employee’s position as

 

7

 

 

referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting and/or budget responsibilities) in connection with his employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other executives of comparable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of

 

 

8

 

 

severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

9

 

   

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10

 

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to

 

11

 

 

Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year, and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    (As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ James M. Burke
    James M. Burke

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), GREGORY C. COCKERHAM (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall supersede any and all employment agreements, by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank and the Company. In such employment positions, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Chief Executive Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company, and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of his election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date”.

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $320,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during

 

 

4

 

 

which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction (other than one

 

 

5

 

 

described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

  

6

 

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates the Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates the Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Two (2) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Two (2) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of his termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland as of the date of the Change in Control; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control;

  

7

 

 

(d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those normally associated with the Employee’s position as referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting responsibilities) in connection with his employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other employees of comparable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration

 

 

8

 

 

attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

9

 

   

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10

 

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that

 

11

 

 

qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year, and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    (As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Gregory C. Cockerham
    Gregory C. Cockerham

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), JAMES DIMISA (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall supersede any and all employment agreements, by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank and the Company. In such employment positions, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Chief Executive Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company, and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of his election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date”.

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $320,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during

 

 

4

 

 

which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate his employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate his employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of his termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction (other than one

 

 

5

 

 

described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

  

6

 

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Two (2) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Two (2) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of his termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland as of the date of the Change in Control; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control; (d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those

  

7

 

 

normally associated with the Employee’s position as referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting responsibilities) in connection with his employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other employees of comparable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of

 

 

8

 

 

severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

9

 

   

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10

 

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that

 

11

 

 

qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year, and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A of the Code.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
    (As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ James DiMisa
    James DiMisa

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE , with its principal place of business at 3035 Leonardtown Road, Waldorf, Maryland 20601 (the “Bank”), CHRISTY LOMBARDI (the “Employee”), and THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Company”), solely as guarantor of the Bank’s obligations hereunder, and is effective as of the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship between the Bank and the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement shall supersede any and all prior employment agreements, by and between the Bank and the Employee, and any amendments thereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the Bank and the Employee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.          EMPLOYMENT. The Employee shall serve the Bank as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Bank and the Company. In such employment positions, the Employee shall have the duties, responsibilities, functions and authority determined and designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) and the Chief Executive Officer. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank, the Company and their respective affiliates as are customarily performed by persons in a similar executive capacity.

 

2.          EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. The term of the Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and end on the day before the third (3rd) anniversary of the Effective Date, unless otherwise extended as described below (the “Term”). The parties intend that, at any point in time during the Employee’s employment hereunder, the then-remaining Term shall be three (3) years. On the day after the Effective Date and on each day thereafter, the Term shall extend by one day, so that, on any date, the Term will expire on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date. These extensions shall continue unless (a) the Bank notifies the Employee that it has elected to discontinue the extensions; (b) the Employee notifies the Bank of her election to discontinue the extensions; or (c) the Employee’s employment with the Bank is terminated, whether by resignation, discharge or otherwise. On the earlier of (i) the date on which such notice is given; or (ii) the effective date of a termination of employment with the Bank, the Term will convert to a fixed period of three (3) years ending on the day before the third (3 rd ) anniversary of such date (provided, however, that subject to any rights of the Employee under this Agreement, the Term shall end on such earlier date as may be specifically provided in this Agreement in the event of the Employee’s death, voluntary termination, Disability or termination for Cause). The last day of the Term, as extended in accordance with this Section 2, is referred to in this Agreement as the “Expiration Date”.

  

 

 

 

3.           COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

3.1           BASE SALARY. During the Term, the Bank agrees to pay the Employee base salary at the rate of $237,000 per annum, subject to increase from time to time in accordance with the usual practices of the Bank with respect to its review of compensation for senior executives. Any increase in the Employee’s base salary shall become the “base salary” for purposes of this Agreement. The Employee’s base salary shall be payable in periodic installments in accordance with the Bank’s usual practice.

 

3.2           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS . The Employee shall also be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans, medical insurance plans, disability income plans, retirement plans, bonus incentive plans and other benefit plans from time to time in effect for senior executives of the Bank. Such participation shall be subject to (a) the terms of the applicable plan documents, (b) generally applicable policies of the Bank and (c) the discretion of the Board or any administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated by, such plans.

 

3.3           INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation or bonus programs sponsored by the Bank on such terms as the Board may establish for the Employee’s participation.

 

3.4           BUSINESS EXPENSES. The Bank shall pay, or reimburse, the Employee for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of the Employee’s duties and responsibilities, subject to such reasonable requirements with respect to substantiation and documentation as may be specified by the Bank.

 

3.5           LEAVE . The Employee shall be eligible to leave (vacation, sick and personal) in accordance with the Bank’s standard policies for senior executives. Further, the Board, in its discretion, may grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence, with or without pay, at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board, in its discretion, may determine.

 

3.6           OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any compensatory plans, arrangements or programs the Bank makes available to its senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, stock compensation programs, supplemental retirement arrangements, or executive health or life insurance programs, subject to, and on a basis consistent with, the terms and conditions of such plans, arrangements or programs.

 

3.7           GENERAL. The Employee’s participation in any plans, arrangements or programs currently in effect or made available in the future shall not be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which the Employee is entitled as described under this Agreement.

 

4.           EXTENT OF SERVICE. During the Term, the Employee shall devote his full time, best efforts and business judgment, skills and knowledge to the advancement of the Bank’s interests and to the discharge of his responsibilities under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee may:

 

 

2

 

 

(a)          invest personal assets in such form or manner as shall not require any material services on the Employee’s part in the operations or affairs of the entities in which such investments are made, provided that the Employee may not own any interest in an entity that competes with the Bank or any affiliate (other than up to 4.9% of the outstanding voting stock of such entity that is a publicly-traded entity); or

 

(b)          serve on the board of directors of any company not in competition with the Bank or any affiliate, provided that the Employee shall not render any material services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

 

(c)          engage in religious, charitable or other community or non-profit activities which do not impair the Employee’s ability to fulfill her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

5.           DEATH. In the event of the Employee’s death during the Term, the Employee’s employment (and the Term) shall terminate on the date of death. The Bank shall pay to the Employee’s beneficiary, or estate, (a) any compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month in which death occurred, plus (b) any other compensation or benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank in which the Employee participated as of the date of death.

 

6.           DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE.

 

6.1           NOTICE AND DETERMINATION OF CAUSE . The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time during the Term for “Cause”, as defined below. A termination for Cause shall be deemed to have occurred only if:

 

(a)           The Board, by a separate affirmative vote of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the entire membership, determines that the Employee has: (i) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (ii) intentionally failed to perform stated duties; (iii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses); (iv) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Bank or one of its affiliates; (v) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude; (vi) willfully breached the Bank’s or the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics; (vii) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Employee’s then-current employment capacity or (viii) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Employee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Bank, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank and its affiliates; and

 

 

3

 

 

(b)          At least ten (10) days prior to the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has provided the Employee with notice of its intent to discharge the Employee for Cause, detailing with particularity the facts and circumstances which are alleged to constitute Cause (a “Notice of Intent to Discharge”); and

 

(c)          After giving the Employee Notice of Intent to Discharge and before taking the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Employee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to make both written and oral presentations before the Board for the purpose of refuting the alleged grounds for Cause for discharge; and

 

(d)          After the vote contemplated by Section 6.1(a), the Bank has furnished to the Employee a notice of termination which specifies the effective date of the Employee’s termination of employment (which shall not be earlier than the date on which such notice is deemed given), and include a copy of a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors authorizing the termination of the Employee for Cause and stating with particularity the facts and circumstances found to constitute Cause for discharge (the “Final Discharge Notice”).

 

6.2           SUSPENSION; FINAL DISCHARGE. Following the provision of Notice of Intent to Discharge, the Bank may temporarily suspend the Employee’s duties and authority and, in such event, may also suspend the payment of salary and other cash compensation (but not participation in retirement, insurance and other employee benefit plans). If the Employee is discharged for Cause, all payments withheld during the suspension period shall be deemed forfeited and shall not be payable to the Employee. If the Bank does not give a Final Discharge Notice to the Employee within one hundred and twenty (120) days after giving the Notice of Intent to Discharge to the Employee, the Notice of Intent to Discharge shall be deemed withdrawn and any future action to discharge the Employee for Cause shall require the Bank to give the Employee a new Notice of Intent to Discharge.

 

6.3           EFFECT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. In the event of termination of Employee’s employment pursuant to this Section 6, the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the sum of (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of her termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation or vested benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable plans and programs of the Bank. All other obligations of the Bank shall terminate as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment.

 

7.           DISABILITY. The Bank may terminate the Employee’s employment (and the Term) after having established the Employee’s Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means a physical or mental infirmity that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform his duties under this Agreement and results in the Employee becoming eligible for long-term disability benefits under the Bank’s long-term disability plan (or, if the Bank has no such plan in effect, that impairs the Employee’s ability to substantially perform her full-time duties under this Agreement for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days). The Employee shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for (a) any period during the Term and prior to the establishment of the Employee’s Disability during

 

 

4

 

 

which the Employee is unable to work due to physical or mental infirmity, and (b) any period of Disability which is prior to the Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to this Section 7.

 

8.           TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE . The Board may, by written notice to the Employee, immediately terminate her employment at any time for a reason other than Cause, in which event the Employee shall be entitled to receive the termination payment set forth in Section 10.2 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred), payable in one lump sum within ten (10) days of termination of employment. The Bank shall also continue to provide the Employee with benefit continuation as set forth in Section 10.3 of this Agreement.

 

9.           VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EMPLOYEE. Subject to Section 11 hereof, Employee may voluntarily terminate her employment with the Bank during the Term, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice, in which case the Term shall end and the Bank shall pay to the Employee an amount equal to the (a) base salary or other compensation earned through the date of her termination of employment, plus (b) any other compensation and benefits as may be provided in accordance with the terms and provisions of any applicable benefit plans and programs of the Bank.

 

10.         CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

10.1         DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)          individuals who, on the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least half of the Board of Directors of the Company, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to such time, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Company (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(b)          any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of any of the following acquisitions: (A) by the Company or any subsidiary, (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a transaction (other than one

 

 

5

 

 

described in (c) below) in which Company Voting Securities are acquired from the Company, if a majority of the Incumbent Directors approve a resolution providing expressly that the acquisition pursuant to this clause (D) does not constitute a Change in Control under this paragraph (b);

 

(c)          the consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) at least 50% of the total voting power of (x) the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Corporation”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), is represented by the Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among (and only among) the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation) is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (C) at least 50% of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Company Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(d)          the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 25% of Company Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided, that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control of the Company shall then occur.

  

6

 

 

10.2         TERMINATION PAYMENT. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if during the Term the Bank (i) terminates Employee’s employment pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement (without regard to whether a Change in Control has occurred) or (ii) terminates Employee’s employment under this Agreement without the Employee’s prior written consent and for a reason other than Cause, in connection with or within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, then Employee shall be paid an unreduced lump sum severance benefit equal to the sum of the following items:

 

(a)        Two (2) times the Employee’s annual base salary (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement) at the rate in effect on the date of the Employee’s termination of employment (including any amount contributed by the Bank on the Employee’s behalf pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not included in the Employee’s gross income under Sections 125, 132(f) or 402(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and

 

(b)        Two (2) times the most recent annual incentive compensation payment made to the Employee (as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement).

 

The severance benefit payment under this Section 10.2 shall be made to the Employee in one lump sum within ten (10) days of the Employee’s termination of employment.

 

10.3         BENEFIT CONTINUATION. In addition to the payment provided in Section 10.2, the Employee will also be paid, in a lump sum within 10 days of the Employee’s termination of employment, an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Employee would be required to pay to continue the benefits the Employee has in effect as of her termination date under the Company’s or the Bank’s medical, dental and life insurance plans, multiplied by 36.

 

10.4         OTHER TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Employee may voluntarily terminate employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control of the Bank or Company, and the Employee shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefit continuation described in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of this Agreement, upon the occurrence of any of the following events, or within ninety (90) days thereafter, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (a) the requirement that the Employee move his primary personal residence, or perform the Employee’s principal executive functions more than forty (40) miles from the Employee’s primary office as of the date of the Change in Control or, to a County other than Charles, Calvert, Saint Mary’s, Prince George’s or Anne Arundel Counties in the State of Maryland as of the date of the Change in Control; (b) a reduction of ten percent (10.00%) or more in the Employee’s base compensation as in effect on the date of the Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time; (c) the failure of the Bank to continue to provide the Employee with compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement, as the same may be increased from time to time, or with benefits substantially similar to those provided under any of the employee benefit plans in which the Employee now or hereafter becomes a participant, or the taking of any action by the Bank which would directly or indirectly reduce any such benefits or deprive the Employee of any material fringe benefit provided by the Bank at the time of the Change in Control; (d) the assignment to the Employee of duties and responsibilities materially different from those normally associated with the Employee’s position as referenced in Section l; (e) a failure to elect or

  

7

 

 

re-elect the Employee to the Company Board of Directors if Employee is serving on the Company Board of Directors as of the date of the Change in Control; (f) a material diminution or reduction in the Employee’s responsibilities or authority (including reporting responsibilities) in connection with her employment with the Bank and the Company; or (g) the Company or Bank materially reduce the Employee’s incentive compensation opportunities and employee benefits to a level that is less than is provided to other employees of comparable rank within the Company or Bank.

 

11.         CHANGE IN CONTROL BEST PAYMENTS DETERMINATION .

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made or benefits provided pursuant to Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of the Agreement or otherwise from the Bank, the Company or any affiliate of the Bank or the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Employee under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Employee of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000 . “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable) less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to Employee (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code and under state and local laws at the time of termination of Employee’s employment with the Bank), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 11 shall be made at the Bank’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 11 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to Employee and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

12.         NO MITIGATION . In the event of any termination of employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or to otherwise mitigate damages, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due to the Employee under this Agreement for any reason, including, without limitation, on account of any remuneration attributable to subsequent employment. Any amounts due under this Agreement are in the nature of severance payments or liquidated damages, or both, and are not in the nature of a penalty.

 

 

8

 

 

13.         MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

13.1         CONFLICTING AGREEMENTS. The Employee hereby represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Employee’s obligations hereunder will not breach or be in conflict with any other agreement to which the Employee is a party or is bound, and that the Employee is not now subject to any covenants against competition or similar covenants which would affect the performance of the Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

13.2         WITHHOLDING. All payments made under this Agreement shall be net of any tax or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law.

 

13.3         ARBITRATION. The Bank and the Employee agree that any claim, dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such claim, dispute or controversy arising under any federal, state or local statute, regulation or ordinance or any of the Bank’s employee benefit plans, policies or programs) shall be resolved solely and exclusively by binding arbitration. The arbitration shall be held in the County of Charles, Maryland (or at such other location as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (the “Rules”) of the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) in effect at the time of the arbitration, except that the arbitrator shall be selected by alternatively striking from a list of five arbitrators supplied by the AAA. All fees and expenses of the arbitration, excluding a transcript, shall be borne equally by the parties. Each party will pay for the fees and expenses of its own attorneys, experts, witnesses, and preparation and presentation of proofs and post-hearing briefs (unless the Employee prevails on a claim for which attorney’s fees are recoverable under the Agreement). Any action to enforce or vacate the arbitrator’s award shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, if applicable, and otherwise by applicable state law. If either the Bank or the Employee pursues any claim, dispute or controversy against the other in a legal proceeding, other than the arbitration provided for herein, the responding party shall be entitled to dismissal or injunctive relief regarding such action and recovery of all costs, losses and attorneys’ fees related to such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, either party may seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction, whether or not the case is then pending before the panel of arbitrators. Following the court’s determination of the injunction issue, the case shall continue in arbitration as provided herein.

 

13.4         INDEMNIFICATION FOR ATTORNEYS’ FEES. In the event any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment or this Agreement is resolved in favor of the Employee, whether by judgment, arbitration or settlement, the Employee shall be entitled to the payment of: (i) all legal fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in resolving such dispute or controversy, and (ii) any back-pay, including salary, bonuses and any other cash compensation, fringe benefits and any compensation and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement.

 

13.5         ASSIGNMENT; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, ETC.

 

(a)            This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by

 

9

 

   

the Employee without the prior written consent of the Bank, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee’s legal representatives.

 

(b)          This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Bank and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)          The Bank may not assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Employee and, without such consent, any attempted transfer or assignment shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Bank expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “the Bank” shall mean both the Bank and the Company, as defined above, and any successor that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

 

13.6         ENFORCEABILITY. If any portion or provision of this Agreement shall to any extent be declared illegal or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such portion or provision in circumstances other than those as to which it is so declared illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each portion and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

13.7         REDUCTIONS; REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any and all payments and benefits to be provided to the Employee under this Agreement are subject to reduction to the extent required by applicable statutes, regulations, rules and directives of federal, state and other governmental and regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over the Bank and its affiliates. The Employee is aware and acknowledges that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has the power to preclude the Bank or its affiliates from making payments to the Employee under this Agreement under certain circumstances. The Employee agrees that neither the Bank nor its affiliates shall be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement if it is precluded from making a payment otherwise payable hereunder by reason of regulatory requirements binding on the Bank or its affiliates, as the case may be.

 

13.8         WAIVER. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of any party to require the performance of any term or obligation of this Agreement, or the waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement, shall not prevent any subsequent enforcement of such term or obligation or be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

10

 

 

13.9         NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and delivered in person or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the Employee at the Employee’s last known address on the books of the Bank or, in the case of the Bank, at its main office, attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Board of Directors.

 

13.10         AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by the Employee and a duly authorized representative of the Bank.

 

13.11         NO EFFECT ON LENGTH OF SERVICE. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit the Bank from terminating the Employee’s employment before the end of the Term with or without notice for any reason. This Agreement shall determine the relative rights and obligations of the Bank and the Employee in the event of any such termination. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall require the termination of the Employee’s employment at the expiration of the Term. Any continuation of the Employee’s employment beyond the expiration of the Term shall be on an “at-will” basis, unless the parties agree otherwise.

 

13.12         SOURCE OF PAYMENTS . The Bank shall make in a timely manner all payments provided for under this Agreement in cash or check from its general funds. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and the provision of all amounts and benefits due to the Employee under this Agreement. If the Bank does not timely pay or provide such amounts and benefits, the Company shall pay or provide such amounts and benefits.

 

13.13         ENTIRE AGREEMENT; EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, negotiations, prior draft agreements, and discussions of the parties, whether oral or written.

 

13.14         COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures.

 

13.15         GOVERNING LAW. This is a Maryland contract and shall be construed under and be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

13.16         NOT CONTRIVED AGAINST DRAFTER. This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

14.         EFFECT OF CODE SECTION 409A.

 

14.1          This Agreement will be construed and administered to preserve the exemption from Section 409A of the Code of payments that qualify as a short-term deferral or that

 

11

 

 

qualify for the two-times separation pay exception. With respect to any amount that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is intended, and this Agreement will be so construed, that any such amount payable under this Agreement and the Company’s, Bank’s or Employee’s exercise of authority or discretion hereunder shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 409A and the treasury regulations relating thereto (“Section 409A”) so as not to subject Employee to the payment of interest and additional tax that may be imposed under Section 409A. Solely as necessary to comply with Section 409A, for purposes of this Agreement , “termination of employment” or “employment termination” or similar terms shall have the same meaning as “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. If a payment is not made by the designated payment date under this Agreement, the payment shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year in which the designated date occurs. If the time period for making any payment commences in one calendar year and ends in the succeeding calendar year, then the payment shall not be paid (or commence) until the succeeding calendar year, and in no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.

 

14.2          If Employee is a “specified employee” on Employee’s separation from service, any payment that is subject to Section 409A and that is payable to Employee in connection with Employee’s separation from service, shall not be paid earlier than six months after such separation from service, and to the extent any such payment is delayed, will be paid, without interest, on the first payroll date after the expiration of such six-month period (if Employee dies after the date of Employee’s separation from service but before any payment has been made, such remaining payments that were or could have been delayed will be paid to Employee’s estate without regard to such six-month delay).

 

14.3          References in this Agreement to Section 409A of the Code include rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under Internal Revenue Section 409A.

 

14.4          To the extent that any payment of or reimbursement by Bank to the Employee of eligible expenses under this Agreement constitutes a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Reimbursement”) (i) the Employee must request the Reimbursement (with substantiation of the expense incurred) no later than 90 days following the date on which the Employee incurs the corresponding eligible expense; (ii) subject to any shorter time period provided in any Company expense reimbursement policy or specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall make the Reimbursement to the Employee on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurred the eligible expense; (iii) the Employee’s right to Reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; (iv) the amount eligible for Reimbursement in one calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for Reimbursement in any other calendar year; and (v) except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the period during which the Employee may incur expenses that are eligible for Reimbursement is limited to five calendar years following the calendar year in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above the written.

 

ATTEST:   COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ Barbara Lucas   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
ATTEST:   THE COMMUNITY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(As Guarantor)
     
/s/ Barbara Lucas   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
    Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:
     
/s/ Todd Capitani   /s/ Christy Lombardi
    Christy Lombardi

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

(2003)

 

THIS AGREEMENT was originally adopted on the 6th day of September, 2003, subsequently amended and restated on December 22, 2008 and hereby amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”), and WILLIAM PASENELLI (the “Executive”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $53,361 and (ii) the product of $20,751 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016 as of the Executive’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 40 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Executive attains age 62).

 

1.2 “Change in Control” The term “Change in Control” means a “change in ownership,” “change in effective control” or “change in in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets,” as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

1.3 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.4 “Corporation” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.5 “Disability” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of three (3) months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

1.6 “ Effective Date ” means March 28, 2003.

 

1.7 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

     

 

 

1.8 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining age 65.

 

1.9 “Normal Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit described in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

1.10 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

1.11 “ Termination for Cause ” shall be defined as set forth in Article 5.

 

1.12 “Separation from Service” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service takes place shall determine in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.13 “Years of Service” means the twelve consecutive month period beginning on the Executive’s date of hire and any twelve (12) month anniversary thereof, during the entirety of which time the Executive is an employee of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2

LIFETIME BENEFITS

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon a Separation from Service on or after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, other than for reason of death, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is an annual benefit of $74,112 (Seventy-Four One Hundred Twelve Dollars) for a period of fifteen (15) years. The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, through duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section.

 

2.1.2. Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments of $6,176 (Six Thousand One Hundred Seventy Six Dollars) commencing with the month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, other than for reasons of Disability, Change of Control or death, the Executive shall be entitled to a benefit equal to

 

    2  

 

 

the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Reserved.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon a Separation from Service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Separation from Service within 12 months subsequent to a Change of Control and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is calculated in the same manner as the Early Termination Benefit in Section 2.2; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4.1 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the  Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Corporation or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit  of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000.  “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Corporation), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code.  The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 2.4.3 shall be made at the Corporation’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters.  Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable

    3  

 

 

to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards.  Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a “Specified Employee” at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to any scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of any distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3

DEATH BENEFITS

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

    4  

 

 

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive’s beneficiary in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive’s death.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Executive’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Executive is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Executive’s beneficiary that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Executive’s death, without any reduction for earlier commencement.

 

ARTICLE 4

BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and received by the Company during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

ARTICLE 5

GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean, in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. No act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless he has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company, on any application for any benefits provided

    5  

 

 

by the Company to the Executive, or on any application for insurance that the Company may purchase on the life of Executive.

 

5.3 Termination or Suspension Under Federal Law . (1) If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(c )(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(2) If the Company is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default; however, this Paragraph shall not affect the vested rights of the parties.

 

(3) If a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) or (g)(1)) suspends and/or temporarily prohibits the Executive from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs, the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Company may in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while is contract obligations were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in apart) any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

ARTICLE 6

CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any individual (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

    6  

 

 

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation — Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 7

AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

7.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform to written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.2  Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to

 

    7  

 

 

conform to written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 7.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

7.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement; the Company may distribute the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company

 

    8  

 

 

under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A.  However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.  The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.  

 

8.11 Not Contrived Against the Drafter . This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

    9  

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

COMPANY: COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
   
  /s/ Michael L. Middleton
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
   
EXECUTIVE: WILLIAM PASENELLI
   
  /s/ William J. Pasenelli

 

    10  

  

Exhibit 10.8

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

(2003)

 

THIS AGREEMENT was originally adopted on the 6th day of September, 2003, subsequently amended and restated on December 22, 2008 and hereby amended and restated in its entirety on April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”), and GREGORY COCKERHAM (the “Executive”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Executive. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the Normal Retirement Benefit in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement.

 

1.2 “Change in Control” The term “Change in Control” means a “change in ownership,” “change in effective control” or “change in in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets,” as such terms are defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

1.3 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.4 “Corporation” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.5 “ Disability ” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of three (3) months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

1.6 “ Effective Date ” means March 28, 2003.

 

1.7 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

1.8 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining age 65.

 

1.9 “Normal Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit described in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

   

 

 

1.10 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement.

 

1.11 “ Termination for Cause ” shall be defined as set forth in Article 5.

 

1.12 “Separation from Service” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service takes place shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder and based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.13 “Years of Service” means the twelve consecutive month period beginning on the Executive’s date of hire and any twelve (12) month anniversary thereof, during the entirety of which time the Executive is an employee of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2
LIFETIME BENEFITS

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon a Separation from Service on or after the Executive’s Normal Retirement Age, other than for reason of death, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is an annual benefit of $72,235 (Seventy-Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Five Dollars) for a period of fifteen (15) years. The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, through duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section.

 

2.1.2. Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments of $6,020 (Six Thousand Twenty Dollars) commencing with the month following Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, other than for reasons of Disability, Change of Control or death, the Executive shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

  2  

 

 

2.2.1 Reserved.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon a Separation from Service due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive his Accrued Benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Executive’s Accrued Benefit.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Separation from Service within 12 months subsequent to a Change of Control and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Company’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Executive and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to

 

  3  

 

 

amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a “Specified Employee” at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6        Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.7        Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to any scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of any distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3
DEATH BENEFITS

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Executive’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive’s beneficiary in 180 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executive’s death.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the

 

  4  

 

 

remaining benefits to the Executive’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Executive is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Executive’s beneficiary that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Executive’s death, without any reduction for earlier commencement.

 

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and received by the Company during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean, in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause. No act, or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless he has acted, or failed to act, with an absence of good faith and without a reasonable belief that his action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company, on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive, or on any application for insurance that the Company may purchase on the life of Executive.

 

  5  

 

 

5.3 Termination or Suspension Under Federal Law . (1) If the Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(c )(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

 

(2) If the Company is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default; however, this Paragraph shall not affect the vested rights of the parties.

 

(3) If a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(3) or (g)(1)) suspends and/or temporarily prohibits the Executive from participating in the conduct of the Company’s affairs, the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of such service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Company may in its discretion (i) pay the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while is contract obligations were suspended, and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in apart) any of its obligations which were suspended.

 

ARTICLE 6
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any individual (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

  6  

 

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation — Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

7.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform to written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

7.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to

 

  7  

 

 

conform to written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 7.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

7.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Company may distribute the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

  8  

 

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A.  However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.  The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.

 

8.11 Not Contrived Against the Drafter . This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

COMPANY: COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
   
  /s/ Michael L. Middleton
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
   
EXECUTIVE: GREGORY COCKERHAM
   
  /s/ Gregory Cockerham

 

  10  

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

 

(2006)

 

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) was originally adopted on the 21 st day of August, 2006, amended April 13, 2007, further amended on December 30, 2007 and hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”) and WILLIAM J. PASENELLI (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose, of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development, and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6 “Corporation” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.7 “Disability” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of 3 months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

1.8 “Early Termination” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control; or (ii) due to death, Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

   

 

 

1.9 “Effective Date” means January 1, 2006.

 

1.10 “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.11 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.12 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 6.

 

1.13 “Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 st and ending on December 31 st of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on the following December 31 st. .

 

1.14 “Schedule A” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.15 “Separation from Service” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death (except as provided in Section 1.8). Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company, following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.16 “Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.17 “Termination for Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

  2  

 

  

ARTICLE 2
DISTRIBUTIONS DURING LIFETIME

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Separation from Service on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Eighteen Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($18,100), payable for a period of fifteen (15) years and resulting in a total benefit of Two Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($271,500). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, through a duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section prior to the Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon Early Termination, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event Executive has an Early Termination after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive experiences a Disability which results in a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event Executive has a Separation from Service due to Disability after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, followed within twelve (12) months by a Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change in Control Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  

 

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4.1 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Corporation or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Corporation), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 2.4.3 shall be made at the Corporation’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Executive and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this: Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

  4  

 

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3
DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH

 

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before Separation from Service and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments for commencing the first day of the month following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit. If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary. The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary

 

  5  

 

 

predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution. If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean a good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors that the Executive has: (a) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Company, or one of its affiliates, (b) intentionally failed to perform stated duties, (c) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), (d) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Company or one of its affiliates, (e) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude, (f) willfully breached the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics, (g) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self regulatory authority from serving in the Executive’s then-current employment capacity or (h) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board of Directors or any governmental or self regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. No benefits shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

  6  

 

 

5.3 Required Regulatory Provision. No payments will be made under this Agreement that would violate of 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k) or 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e) or any regulation promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

6.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

6.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement. The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

7.1.1 Claims Procedure. Any individual (“Claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

7.1.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim. The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

7.1.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an

 

  7  

 

 

additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.1.2 Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

7.1.2.1 Initiation — Written Request. To initiate the review, the Claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

7.1.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access, The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

7.1.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered the initial benefit determination:

 

7.1.2.4 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such Claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  8  

 

 

(c) A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and -guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally. This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (l 2) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

  9  

 

 

the Company may distribute the amount which the company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including, but not limited to, taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies). Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

9.5 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company, and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation. Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

  10  

 

 

9.10 Alternative Action. In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Heading. Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

9.12 Validity. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

9.13 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

Community Bank of the Chesapeake

P.O. Box 38

Waldorf, MD 20601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered; or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Compliance with Section 409A. This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision. The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.

 

9.15 Not Contrived Against the Drafter . This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

COMPANY: COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
   
  /s/ Michael L. Middleton
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
   
EXECUTIVE: WILLIAM PASENELLI
   
  /s/ William J. Pasenelli

 

  12  

 

 

 

Normal Retirement Date:

5/29/2023, Age 65  

 

Normal Retirement Payments: Monthly for 15 years

 

Early Termination

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Disability

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Change in Control

  

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Separation of Service

 

Pre-Retirement Death

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing Upon Death

 Values As Of

 Age

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

12/31/2016 58 13,484 13,484 13,141 18,100
12/31/2017 59 14,934 14,934 13,896 18,100
12/31/2018 60 16,300 16,300 14,591 18,100
12/31/2019 61 17,586 17,586 15,321 18,100
5/29/2020 62 18,100 18,100 15,638 18,100
12/31/2020 62 18,100 18,100 16,087 18,100
12/31/2021 63 18,100 18,100 16,891 18,100
12/31/2022 64 18,100 18,100 17,736 18,100
5/29/2023 65 18,100 18,100 18,100 18,100

  

1 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

William J. Pasenelli      /s/ William J. Pasenelli By /s/ Michael L. Middleton
     
Date April 30, 2018 Title Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
  Date April 30, 2018

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

 

(2006)

 

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” or “Plan”) was originally adopted on the 21st day of August, 2006, and is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of April 30, 2018, by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial, bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”) and JAMES MULDOWNEY BURKE (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose, of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development, and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Beneficiary ” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 “ Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6 “ Corporation ” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.7 “ Disability ” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of 3 months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

   

 

 

1.8 “ Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control; or (ii) due to death, Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

1.9 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2006.

 

1.10 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.11 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.12 “ Plan Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 6.

 

1.13 “ Plan Year ” means each twelve-month period commencing on January and ending on December 31st of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on the following December 31”.

 

1.14 “ Schedule A ” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.15 “ Separation from Service ” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death (except as provided in Section 1.8). Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.16 “ Specified Employee ” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.17 “ Termination for Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

  2  

 

 

ARTICLE 2
DISTRIBUTIONS DURING LIFETIME

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Separation from Service on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is One Hundred One Thousand Dollars ($101,000), payable for a period of fifteen (15) years and resulting in a total benefit of One Million Five Hundred Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($1,515,000). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, through a duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section prior to the Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon Early Termination, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefi t. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Executive has an Early Termination after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability which results in a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Executive has a Separation from Service due to Disability after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . Upon a Change in Control, followed within twelve (12) months by a Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change in Control Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  

 

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4.1 of this Plan or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the  Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit  of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000.  “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code.  The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 2.4.3 shall be made at the Company’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters.  Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Executive and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards.  Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion. Under Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

  4  

 

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3
DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies before Separation from Service and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall he distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments for commencing the first day of the month following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service. But Before Benefit Distributions Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is

 

  5  

 

 

subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean a good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors that the Executive has: (a) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Company, or one of its affiliates, (b) intentionally failed to perform stated duties, (c) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), (d) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Company or one of its affiliates, (e) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude, (f) willfully breached the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics, (g) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Executive’s then-current employment capacity or (h) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board of Directors or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act Or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefits shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

  6  

 

 

5.3 Required Regulatory Provision . No payments will be made under this Agreement that would violate of 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k) or 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e) or any regulation promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

6.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

7.1 For all claims, the following procedures will apply:

 

7.1.1 Claims Procedure . Any individual (“Claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

7.1.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim . The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

7.1.1.2 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional

 

  7  

 

 

ninety (90) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.1.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

7.1.2.1 Initiation — Written Request . To initiate the review, the Claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

7.1.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access . The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

7.1.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.1.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such Claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  8  

 

 

(c) A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all - documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (l 2) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

  9  

 

  

the Company may distribute the amount which the company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including, but not limited to, taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies). Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America:

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights.to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 I nterpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in

 

  10  

 

 

its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Headings. Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

9.12 Validity . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

Community Bank of the Chesapeake

P.O. Box 38

Waldorf, MD 20601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision. The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.

 

9.15 Not Contrived Against Drafter . This Agreement has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ James Muldowney Burke   By: /s/ Michael L. Middleton
JAMES MULDOWNEY BURKE    
    Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

  12  

 

 

Salary Continuation Agreement (as Amended)

Schedule A

 

James Muldowney Burke

 

Normal Retirement Date:

6/28/2033, Age 65

 

Normal Retirement Payments: Monthly for 15 years

 

Early Termination  

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Disability

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Change in Control

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Separation of Service

 

Pre-Retirement Death  

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing Upon Death

 Values As Of

 Age

Annual Benefit 1 Annual Benefit 1 Annual Benefit 1 Annual Benefit 1
12/31/2016 48 58,843 58,843 45,154 101,000
12/31/2017 49 63,262 63,262 47,412 101,000
12/31/2018 50 67,424 67,424 49,782 101,000
12/31/2019 51 71,344 71,344 52,272 101,000
12/31/2019 51 71,344 71,344 52,272 101,000
12/31/2020 52 75,037 75,037 54,885 101,000
12/31/2021 53 78,515 78,515 57,629 101,000
12/31/2022 54 81,791 81,791 60,511 101,000
12/31/2023 55 84,876 84,876 63,536 101,000
12/31/2024 56 87,783 87,783 66,713 101,000
12/31/2025 57 90,520 90,520 70,049 101,000
12/31/2026 58 93,099 93,099 73,551 101,000
12/31/2027 59 95,528 95,528 77,229 101,000
12/31/2028 60 97,815 97,815 81,090 101,000
12/31/2029 61 99,970 99,970 85,145 101,000
6/28/2030 62 101,000 101,000 87,250 101,000
12/31/2030 62 101,000 101,000 89,402 101,000
12/31/2031 63 101,000 101,000 93,872 101,000
12/31/2032 64 101,000 101,000 98,566 101,000
6/28/2033 65 101,000 101,000 101,000 101,000

 

1 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

James Muldownery Burke     /s/ James Muldownery Burke By /s/ Michael L. Middleton
     
Date April 30, 2018 Title Chairman of Board of Directors

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

 

(2006)

 

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) was originally adopted on the 21st day of August, 2006, amended April 13, 2007, further amended on December 30, 2007 and hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial, bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”) and GREGORY C. COCKERHAM (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose, of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development, and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6 “Corporation” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.7 “Disability” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of 3 months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

1.8 “Early Termination” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control; or (ii) due to death, Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

   

 

 

 

1.9 “Effective Date” means January 1, 2006.

 

1.10 “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.11 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.12 “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 6.

 

1.13 “Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 st and ending on December 31 st of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on the following December 31 st .

 

1.14 “Schedule A” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.15 “Separation from Service” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death (except as provided in Section 1.8). Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a) the Executive continues to provide services as employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.16 “Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.17 “Termination for Cause” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

  2  

 

  

ARTICLE 2
DISTRIBUTIONS DURING LIFETIME

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon Separation from Service on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Four Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($4,800), payable for a period of fifteen (15) years and resulting in a total benefit of Seventy-Two Thousand Dollars ($72,000). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, through a duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section prior to the Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to contrary, in the event Executive has an Early Termination after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. If the Executive experiences a Disability which results in a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event Executive has a Separation from Service due to Disability after Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control, followed within twelve (12) months by a Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change in Control Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

  3  

 

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4.1 of this Plan or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the  Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit  of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000.  “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code.  The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 2.4.3 shall be made at the Company’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters.  Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Executive and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards.  Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non- qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

  4  

 

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3
DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH

 

3.1 Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies before Separation from Service and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments for commencing the first day of the month following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit. If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary. The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is

 

  5  

 

 

subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution. If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause, Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean a good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors that the Executive has: (a) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Company, or one of its affiliates, (b) intentionally failed to perform stated duties, (c) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), (d) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Company or one of its affiliates, (e) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude, (f) willfully breached the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics, (g) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Executive’s then-current employment capacity or (h) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board of Directors or any governmental or self regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement. No benefits shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

  6  

 

 

 

5.3 Required Regulatory Provision. No payments will be made under this Agreement that would violate of 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k) or 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e) or any regulation promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

6.2 Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

6.5 Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or, Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement. The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to be distributed under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

7.1 For all claims, the following procedures will apply:

 

7.1.1 Claims Procedure. Any individual (“Claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

7.1.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim. The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

7.1.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional

 

  7  

 

 

ninety (90) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.1.3 Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim the Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.1.2 Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

7.1.2.1 Initiation — Written Request. To initiate the review, the Claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

7.1.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access. The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

7.1.2.3 Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.1.2.4 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such Claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.2.5 Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  8  

 

 

(c) A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally. This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article or Article 3.

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (l 2) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

  9  

 

 

the Company may distribute the amount which the company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including, but not limited to, taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies). Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

9.5 Applicable Law. The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the .entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation. Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action. In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in

 

  10  

 

 

its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Headings. Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

9.12 Validity. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

9.13 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

Community Bank of the Chesapeake
P.O. Box 38
Waldorf, MD 20601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Compliance with Section 409A. This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A.  However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.  The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.

 

9.15 Not Contrived Against the Drafter . This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

COMPANY: COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
   
  /s/ Michael L. Middleton
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
   
EXECUTIVE: GREGORY COCKERHAM
   
  /s/ Gregory Cockerham

 

  12  

 

 

Salary Continuation Agreement (as Amended)

Schedule A

 

Gregory C. Cockerham

 

Normal Retirement Date:

7/24/2019, Age 65

 

Normal Retirement Payments: Monthly for 15 years

 

Early Termination  

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Disability

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Change in Control  

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Separation of Service

 

Pre-Retirement Death

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing Upon Death

 Values As Of

 Age

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

12/31/2016 62 4,160 4,160 4,220 4,800
12/31/2017 63 4,800 4,800 4,443 4,800
12/31/2018 64 4,800 4,800 4,665 4,800
7/24/2019 65 4,800 4,800 4,800 4,800

 

1 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

Gregory C. Cockerham    /s/ Gregory C. Cockerham

By: /s/ Michael L. Middleton
     
Date: April 30, 2018 Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
  Date: April 30, 2018

  

 

  

Exhibit 10.12

 

COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED)

 

(2006)

 

THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” or “Plan”) was originally adopted on the 21st day of August, 2006, and is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of April 30, 2018 by and between COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE, a state-chartered commercial, bank located in Waldorf, Maryland (the “Company”) and JAMES DIMISA (the “Executive”).

 

The purpose, of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development, and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Beneficiary ” means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.

 

1.2 “ Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.3 “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.

 

1.4 “Change in Control” means a change in ownership or effective control of the Bank, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of assets of the Bank, as such change is defined in Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

 

1.5 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.6 “ Corporation ” means The Community Financial Corporation.

 

1.7 “ Disability ” means the Executive’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (ii) receipt of disability benefits for a period of 3 months under an accident and health plan of the employer by reason of the participant’s medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

1.8 “ Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age except when such Separation from Service occurs: (i) within twelve (1.2) months following a Change in Control; or (ii) due to death, Disability, or Termination for Cause.

 

1.9 “ Effective Date ” means January 1, 2006.

 

   

 

 

 

1.10 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining age sixty-five (65).

 

1.11 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.12 “ Plan Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 6.

 

1.13 “ Plan Year ” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 st and ending on December 31’ of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the Effective Date of this Agreement and end on the following December 31 st .

 

1.14 “ Schedule A ” means the schedule attached to this Agreement and made a part hereof. Schedule A shall be updated upon a change in any of the benefits under Articles 2 or 3.

 

1.15 “ Separation from Service ” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death (except as provided in Section 1.8). Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

 

(a)       the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or

 

(b)       the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).

 

1.16 “ Specified Employee ” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

 

1.17 “ Termination for Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 5.

 

ARTICLE 2

DISTRIBUTIONS DURING LIFETIME

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Separation from Service on or after the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is Sixty-Five Thousand Dollars ($65,000), payable for a period of fifteen (15) years and resulting in a total benefit of Nine Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($975,000). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion,

 

  2  

 

 

through a duly adopted resolution, may increase the annual benefit under this Section prior to the Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

2.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon Early Termination, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Executive has an Early Termination after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.2.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Executive experiences a Disability which results in a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event Executive has a Separation from Service due to Disability after the Executive attains age 62, his benefit shall equal the Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

2.3.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following the Executive attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.4 Change in Control Benefit . Upon a Change in Control, followed within twelve (12) months by a Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change in Control Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending prior to Separation from Service.

 

2.4.2 Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Executive in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive monthly installments commencing the first day of the month following Separation from Service.

 

2.4.3 Net after tax benefit .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if payments made under Section 2.4.1 of this Agreement or otherwise from the Company or any affiliate of the  Company are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Executive under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Company or its affiliates under such

 

  3  

 

 

section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Executive of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit  of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000.  “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code.  The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 2.4.3 shall be made at the Company’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters.  Any reduction in payments required by this Section 2.4.3 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Executive and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards.  Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are.  In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

2.5 Restriction on Timing of Distribution . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.5 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified under this Article 2 of the Plan with respect to the applicable benefit.

 

2.6 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the amount which the Company has accrued with respect to the obligations described in this Article 2, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.

 

2.7 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under this Article 2, the Executive and the Company may, subject to the terms of Section 8.1, amend the Agreement to delay the timing or change the form of distributions. Any such amendment:

 

(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the Regulations thereunder;

 

(b) must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the first scheduled distribution;

 

(c) must delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and

 

  4  

 

 

 

(d) must not take effect less than twelve (12) months after the amendment is made.

 

ARTICLE 3
DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies before Separation from Service and prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit amount described in Section 2.1.1.

 

3.1.2 Distribution of Benefit . The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) consecutive equal monthly installments for commencing the first day of the month following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

3.2 Death During Distribution of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Executive had the Executive survived.

 

3.3 Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence . If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

 

ARTICLE 4
BENEFICIARIES

 

4.1 Beneficiary . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefit distributions under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.

 

4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.

 

4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received., accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.

 

4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated

 

  5  

 

 

Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executives estate.

 

4.5 Facility of Distribution . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be distributed to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Executive’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.

 

ARTICLE 5
GENERAL LIMITATIONS

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause. Cause shall mean a good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors that the Executive has: (a) engaged in acts of personal dishonesty which have resulted in loss to the Company, or one of its affiliates, (b) intentionally failed to perform stated duties, (c) committed a willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), (d) become subject to the entry of a final cease and desist order which results in substantial loss to the Company or one of its affiliates, (e) been convicted of a crime or act involving moral turpitude, (f) willfully breached the Company’s code of conduct and business ethics, (g) been disqualified or barred by any governmental or self-regulatory authority from serving in the Executive’s then-current employment capacity or (h) willfully attempted to obstruct or failed to cooperate with any investigation authorized by the Board of Directors or any governmental or self-regulatory entity. No act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act or failure to act that is based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors, or upon the advice of legal counsel for the Company, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . No benefits shall be distributed if the Executive commits suicide within three years after the Effective Date of this Agreement, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Executive and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Executive on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.

 

5.3 Required Regulatory Provision . No payments will be made under this Agreement that would violate of 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1828(k) or 12 U.S.C. Sec. 1818(e) or any regulation promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 6
ADMINISTRATION OF AGREEMENT

 

6.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall administer this Agreement according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations

 

  6  

 

 

of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

6.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.

 

6.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.

 

6.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.

 

6.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Executive and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits to he distributed under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7
CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES

 

7.1 For all claims, the following procedures will apply:

 

7.1.1 Claims Procedure . Any individual (“Claimant”) who has not received benefits under this Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

7.1.1.1 Initiation — Written Claim . The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

7.1.1.2 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond to such Claimant within ninety (90) days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional ninety (90) days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial ninety (90) day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)       The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

  7  

 

 

(c)       A description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d)       An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e)       A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

7.1.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

7.1.2.1 Initiation — Written Request . To initiate the review, the Claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

7.1.2.2 Additional Submissions — Information Access . The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

7.1.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

7.1.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such Claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

7.1.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a)       The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b)       A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c)       A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d)       A statement of the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

ARTICLE 8
AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

 

8.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with

 

  8  

 

 

written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

8.2 Plan Termination Generally . This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. The benefit shall be frozen as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 8.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.

 

8.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 8.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (l 2) months of the termination of the arrangements;

 

(b) Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

 

(c) Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;

 

the Company may distribute the amount which the company has accrued with respect to the Company’s obligations hereunder, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.

 

ARTICLE 9
MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.

 

9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain as an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s

 

  9  

 

 

right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

9.4 Tax Withholding and Reporting . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including, but not limited to, taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies). Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.

 

9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executives life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another bank, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.

 

9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.

 

9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.

 

9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

9.12 Validity . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.

 

  10  

 

 

9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

Community Bank of the Chesapeake

P.O. Box 38

Waldorf, MD 20601

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.

 

9.14 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Executive to additional tax or interest under Section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision to the extent possible in order to avoid the additional tax or interest under section 409A. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Executive to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision. The Agreement shall be interpreted and administered to the greatest extent possible to be either exempt from Section 409A, or in compliance with Section 409A.

 

9.15 Not Contrived Against the Drafter . This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  11  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    COMMUNITY BANK OF THE CHESAPEAKE
     
/s/ James DiMisa   By: /s/ Michael L. Middleton
JAMES DIMISA    
    Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

  12  

 

   

Salary Continuation Agreement (as Amended)

Schedule A

 

James DiMisa

 

Normal Retirement Date:

10/4/2024, Age 65

 

Normal Retirement Payments: Monthly for 15 years

 

Early Termination

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Disability

  

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Normal Retirement Age

 

Change in Control

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing at Separation of Service

 

Pre-Retirement Death

 

Amount Payable Monthly for 15 Years commencing Upon Death

 Values As Of

 Age

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

 Annual Benefit 1

12/31/2016 57 45,521 45,521 44,354 65,000
12/31/2017 58 50,026 50,026 46,571 65,000
12/31/2018 59 54,269 54,269 48,900 65,000
12/31/2019 60 58,266 58,266 51,345 65,000
12/31/2020 61 62,030 62,030 53,912 65,000
10/4/2021 62 65,000 65,000 55,964 65,000
12/31/2021 62 65,000 65,000 56,608 65,000
12/31/2022 63 65,000 65,000 59,438 65,000
12/31/2023 64 65,000 65,000 62,410 65,000
10/4/2024 65 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000

 

1 The annual benefit amount will be distributed in 12 equal monthly payments for a total of 180 monthly payments.

 

IF THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THIS SCHEDULE A AND THE AGREEMENT, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT SHALL PREVAIL. IF A TRIGGERING EVENT OCCURS, REFER TO THE AGREEMENT TO DETERMINE THE ACTUAL BENEFIT AMOUNT BASED ON THE DATE OF THE EVENT.

 

James DiMisa      /s/ James DiMisa

By /s/ Michael L. Middleton
     
Date April 30, 2018 Title Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
  Date April 30, 2018

  

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2011

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective January 1, 2011 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and William Pasenelli , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $32,094.69 and (ii) the product of $34,278.31 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 40 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to

 

  2  

 

 

materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii) , or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)         Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)         Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during any 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)         Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

  3  

 

 

1.8         “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9         “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10       “ Effective Date ” shall mean January 1, 2011.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Sixty-Six Thousand Three Hundred and Seventy-Three Dollars ($66,373.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean William Pasenelli.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1 (c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1.16        “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

  4  

 

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18        “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or other “termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or employer, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1 (h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1 (m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22        “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23        “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24        “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

1.25        “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to William Pasenelli, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4          Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401 (a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary.

 

  6  

 

 

The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3          Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4          Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5          Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies in the foregoing sentence, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6          Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under the Plan shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

 

  7  

 

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8           Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9           Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)        Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change

 

  8  

 

 

of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10         Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)             Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)        during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)        during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

  9  

 

 

(ii)         Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)            Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11         Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or

 

  10  

 

 

Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)        If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12         Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13         Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in

 

  11  

 

 

accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2           FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes .

 

(a)        When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)        The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1           Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the

 

  12  

 

 

Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)           If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1           Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

  13  

 

 

6.2           Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)        To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)        To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)        To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)        To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)        To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)        To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)        To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)        To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3           Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4           Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

  14  

 

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 -1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)            Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)        Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will

 

  15  

 

 

specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)           Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)        The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)        A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)        A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)        An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)        Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)        A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)            Review Procedures .

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be

 

  16  

 

 

provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)           Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

 

(A)        The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)        The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)        The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)        The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five

 

  17  

 

 

(45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)           Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)        its decision;

 

(B)        the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)        the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)        a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)        a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)        if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to

 

  18  

 

 

the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2           Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)        The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)        The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been

 

  19  

 

 

deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)            Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan, provided that:

 

(i)        All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)        No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)        The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1           Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not

 

  20  

 

 

have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2         Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

  21  

 

 

10.3         Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4         Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7         Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary,

 

  22  

 

 

to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10       Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  23  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ William Pasenelli
    William Pasenelli

 

  24  

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2011

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective January 1, 2011 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Todd Capitani , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to

 

  1  

 

 

operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $18,557.15 and (ii) the product of $45,121.85 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 139 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not

 

  2  

 

 

related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii) , or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)         Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)         Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)         Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation

 

  3  

 

 

over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean January 1, 2011.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Sixty-Three Thousand Six Hundred and Seventy-Nine Dollars ($63,679.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean Todd Capitani.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents

 

  4  

 

 

relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1 (c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1.16       “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1 (h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1 (m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section

 

  5  

 

 

416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Todd Capitani, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4           Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401 (a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

  6  

 

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be made in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant

 

  7  

 

 

achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8           Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury

 

  8  

 

 

Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)        Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)           A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

  9  

 

 

(i)             Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)        during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)        during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)            Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)           Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the

 

  10  

 

 

payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)        Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)        If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

  11  

 

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1            Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes .

 

(a)        When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)        The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)        In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

  13  

 

 

(c)        If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2            Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1            Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)        To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)        To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

  14  

 

 

(c)        To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)        To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)        To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)        To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)        To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)        To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4            Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5            Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6            Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  15  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1            Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 -1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)            Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)        Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  16  

 

 

(A)        The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)        A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)        A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)        An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)        Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)        A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)            Review Procedures .

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating

 

  17  

 

 

to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)            Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

 

(A)        The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)        The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)        The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)        The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)            Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

  18  

 

 

(A)        its decision;

 

(B)        the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)        the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)        a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)        a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)        if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)            Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)            Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)            Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing

 

  19  

 

 

provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1            Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2            Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)            Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)        The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)        The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)            Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the

 

  20  

 

 

terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)             Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan, provided that:

 

(i)        All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)        No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)        The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

  21  

 

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1            Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2            Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3            Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1          Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the

 

  22  

 

 

amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3          Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4          Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5          Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6          Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to

 

  23  

 

 

which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7          Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8          Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9          Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10         Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  24  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ Todd Capitani
    Todd Capitani

 

  25  

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2011

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective January 1, 2011 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and James Burke, hereinafter referred to as the “Participant.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $17,142.24 and (ii) the product of $47,113.76 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 161 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect,

 

  2  

 

 

refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii) , or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)         Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)         Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during any 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)         Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

  3  

 

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean January 1, 2011.

 

1.11         “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12         “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13         “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Sixty-Four Thousand Two Hundred and Fifty Six Dollars ($64,256.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14         “ Participant ” shall mean James Burke.

 

1.15         “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1 (c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1.16        “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any

 

  4  

 

 

activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17         “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19         “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20         “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer”, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1 (h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21         “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1 (m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

  5  

 

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1            Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to James Burke, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2            Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3             Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4            Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401 (a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1            Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from

 

  6  

 

 

Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2            Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3            Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4            Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first) , and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5            Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Plan shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the

 

  7  

 

 

numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8            Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)        Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

  8  

 

 

(b)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)         A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)             Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)        during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)        during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the

 

  9  

 

 

15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)         Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)        Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder

 

  10  

 

 

shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)        If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the

 

  11  

 

 

Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes .

 

(a)        When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)        The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a

 

  12  

 

 

manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)        In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)        If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1          Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at

 

  13  

 

 

meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)        To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)        To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)        To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)        To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)        To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)        To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)        To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)        To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

  14  

 

 

6.3          Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4          Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 -1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)            Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

  15  

 

 

(ii)            Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)           Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)        The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)        A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)        A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)        An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)        Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)        A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar

 

  16  

 

 

criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)            Review Procedures .

 

(i)            Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)            Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)        The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)        The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will

 

  17  

 

 

not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)        The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)        The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)           Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)        its decision;

 

(B)        the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)        the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)        a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)        a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)        if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)         Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan

 

  18  

 

 

procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)         Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)         Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1            Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2            Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)         Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331,

 

  19  

 

 

or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)        The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)        The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)       The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)            Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)        All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)        No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)        The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

  20  

 

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1           Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which

 

  21  

 

 

are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3          Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4          Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5          Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6          Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

  22  

 

 

10.7          Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8          Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9          Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10         Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  23  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ James Burke
    James Burke

 

  24  

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2011

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective January 1, 2011 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Gregory Cockerham , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1         “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the Normal Retirement Benefit in Section 1.13.

 

1.2         “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3         “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4         “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5         “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6         “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii) , or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)         Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)         Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during any 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)         Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

  3  

 

 

1.7         “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8         “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9         “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10       “ Effective Date ” shall mean January 1, 2011.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Ten Thousand Four Hundred and Eighty-Four Dollars ($10,484.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean Gregory Cockerham.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1 (c)(2)(i)(A).

 

  4  

 

 

1.16        “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18        “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer”, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1 (h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1 (m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

  5  

 

 

1.22        “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23        “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24        “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25        “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Gregory Cockerham, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4           Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401 (a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation

 

  6  

 

 

from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first) , and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant

 

  7  

 

 

dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Plan shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of, (i) Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7          Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8          Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9          Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

  8  

 

 

(a)        Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)        A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)            Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)        during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the

 

  9  

 

 

payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)        during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)           Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)          Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

  10  

 

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)        Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)        If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12         Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

  11  

 

 

3.13         Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1          Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

  12  

 

 

4.2           FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes .

 

(a)        When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)        The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1           Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)        In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)        If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

  13  

 

 

5.2          Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1          Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2           Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)        To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)        To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)        To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)        To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

  14  

 

 

(e)        To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)        To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)        To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)        To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4            Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5            Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6            Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 -1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any

 

  15  

 

 

provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)            Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)            Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)          Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)        The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)        A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

  16  

 

 

(C)        A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)        An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)        Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)        A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)            Review Procedures .

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)         Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180)

 

  17  

 

 

days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

 

(A)        The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)        The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)        The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)        The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)          Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)        its decision;

 

(B)        the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)        the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

  18  

 

 

(D)        a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)        a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)        if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)            Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)            Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)            Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2           Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

  19  

 

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)          Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)        The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)        The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)          Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)          Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

  20  

 

 

(i)        All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)        No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)        The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1          Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2         Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan.

 

  21  

 

 

The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3         Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1        Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2         Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3        Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4        Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall

 

  22  

 

 

be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7         Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms

 

  23  

 

 

and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10       Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  24  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ Gregory Cockerham
    Gregory Cockerham

 

  25  

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2011

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective January 1, 2011 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and James Di Misa , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to

 

  1  

 

 

operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $18,108.27 and (ii) the product of $23,416.73 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 57 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not

 

  2  

 

 

related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii) , or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)         Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)         Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during any 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)         Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires

 

  3  

 

 

Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean January 1, 2011.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Forty-One Thousand Five Hundred and Twenty-Five Dollars ($41,525.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean James Di Misa.

 

  4  

 

 

1.15         “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1 (c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1.16        “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17         “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19         “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20         “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer,” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1 (h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21         “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1 (m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a

 

  5  

 

 

Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1            Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to James Di Misa, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2            Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3            Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4            Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401 (a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

  6  

 

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan

 

  7  

 

 

Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under the Plan shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2. The Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or dies.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8            Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the

 

  8  

 

 

time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)        Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)        If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

  9  

 

 

(i)            Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)        during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)        during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)           Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)       Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

  10  

 

 

(b)          Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)        Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)        In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)        If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

  11  

 

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes .

 

(a)        When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)        The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)        The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)        In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

  13  

 

 

(c)        If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1           Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)        To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)        To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

  14  

 

 

(c)        To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)       To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)        To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)        To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)        To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)        To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3           Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4           Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  15  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503 -1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)          Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)         Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  16  

 

 

(A)        The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)        A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)        A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)        An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)        Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)        A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)            Review Procedures .

 

(i)         Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating

 

  17  

 

 

to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)            Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

 

(A)        The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)        The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)        The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)        The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)           Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

  18  

 

 

(A)        its decision;

 

(B)        the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)        the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)        a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)        a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)        if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)            Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing

 

  19  

 

 

provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)         The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)        The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)       The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the

 

  20  

 

 

terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)            Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)        All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)        No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)        The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

  21  

 

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1            Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the

 

  22  

 

 

amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3         Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4         Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to

 

  23  

 

 

which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7        Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10        Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  24  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ James Di Misa
    James Di Misa

 

  25  

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and William Pasenelli , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and

 

  1  

 

 

agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $14,558.89 and (ii) the product of $44,042.11 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 40 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are

 

  3  

 

 

transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Fifty-Eight Thousand Six Hundred One Dollars ($58,601.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean William Pasenelli.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

  4  

 

 

1. 16        “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18        “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or employer, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22        “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

  5  

 

 

1.23        “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24        “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25        “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to William Pasenelli, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4           Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan

 

  6  

 

 

Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes

  7  

 

 

Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8           Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9           Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

  8  

 

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10         Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

  9  

 

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

  10  

 

 

3.11         Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12         Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13         Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of

 

  11  

 

 

the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2           FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

  12  

 

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1           Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

  13  

 

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1           Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2           Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

  14  

 

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3           Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4           Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within

 

  15  

 

 

ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

  16  

 

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

  17  

 

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy

 

  18  

 

 

of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2           Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

  19  

 

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan, provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both

 

  20  

 

 

arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)         The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1           Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein;

 

  21  

 

 

except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2         Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3         Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4         Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

  22  

 

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7         Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10       Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  23  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ William Pasenelli
    William Pasenelli

 

  24  

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Todd Capitani , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1           “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $11,705.41 and (ii) the product of $79,326.59 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 139 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2           “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3           “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4           “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5           “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6           “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7           “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8           “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  3  

 

 

1.9           “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10         “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11         “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12         “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13         “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Ninety One Thousand and Thirty Two ($91,032.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14         “ Participant ” shall mean Todd Capitani.

 

1.15         “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1. 16 “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17         “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

  4  

 

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19         “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20         “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21         “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1            Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Todd Capitani, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2            Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3            Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4            Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1            Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be made in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2            Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

  6  

 

 

3.3            Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4            Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5            Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6            Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on (i) the first day of the second month following the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The

 

  7  

 

 

Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7            Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8            Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

  8  

 

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates

 

  9  

 

 

that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

  10  

 

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of

 

  11  

 

 

the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1            Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely

 

  12  

 

 

conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2            Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1            Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

  13  

 

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4            Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5            Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6            Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1            Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  15  

 

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  16  

 

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

  17  

 

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1            Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided

 

  18  

 

 

that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2            Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan, provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

  19  

 

 

(iv)         Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)          The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1            Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2            Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3            Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1          Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall

 

  20  

 

 

be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3          Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4          Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5          Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6          Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making

 

  21  

 

 

the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7          Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8          Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9          Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10          Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  22  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ Todd Capitani
    Todd Capitani

 

  23  

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and James Burke , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $1,532.05 and (ii) the product of $11,645.95 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 161 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  3  

 

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Thirteen Thousand One Hundred and Seventy-Eight Dollars ($13,178.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean James Burke.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1. 16       “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

  4  

 

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18        “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22        “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23        “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24        “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

1.25        “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to James Burke, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4           Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be made in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall

 

  6  

 

 

commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

  7  

 

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8           Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9           Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be

 

  8  

 

 

paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10         Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

  9  

 

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11         Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No

 

  10  

 

 

insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12         Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13         Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is

 

  11  

 

 

treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2           FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1           Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then

 

  12  

 

 

living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1           Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2           Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

  13  

 

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3           Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4           Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  15  

 

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  16  

 

 

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

  17  

 

 

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2           Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided

 

  18  

 

 

that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

  19  

 

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)         The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1           Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall

 

  20  

 

 

be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2         Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3         Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4         Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making

 

  21  

 

 

the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7         Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10       Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  22  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ James Burke
    James Burke

 

  23  

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Gregory Cockerham , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

  

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 1.13 of this Plan.

 

1.2          “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3          “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4          “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen

 

  2  

 

 

(15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7          “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.9          “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable

 

  3  

 

 

physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10        “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11        “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12        “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13        “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Two Thousand Six Hundred and Three Dollars ($2,603.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14        “ Participant ” shall mean Gregory Cockerham.

 

1.15        “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1. 16      “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17        “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

  4  

 

 

1.18        “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19        “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20        “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21        “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22        “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23        “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24        “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25        “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

  

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1           Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Gregory Cockerham, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2           Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3           Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4           Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1           Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be made in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2           Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

  6  

 

 

3.3           Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4           Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5           Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). I n the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6           Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The

 

  7  

 

 

Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7           Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8           Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9           Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

  8  

 

  

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10         Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates

 

  9  

 

 

that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)         Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11         Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

  10  

 

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12         Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13         Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of

 

  11  

 

 

the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1           Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2           FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1           Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely

 

  12  

 

 

conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2           Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1           Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2           Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

  13  

 

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3           Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4           Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5           Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6           Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1           Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  15  

 

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  16  

 

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

  17  

 

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2           Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1           Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided

 

  18  

 

 

that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2           Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

  19  

 

 

(iv)         Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and.

 

(v)          The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1           Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2           Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3           Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1         Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall

 

  20  

 

 

be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2         Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3         Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4         Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5         Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6         Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making

 

  21  

 

 

the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7         Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8         Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9         Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10       Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  22  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ Gregory Cockerham
    Gregory Cockerham

 

  23  

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and James Di Misa , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

  

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1           “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $1,842.79 and (ii) the product of $6,652.21 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 57 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2           “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3           “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4           “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5           “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6           “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7           “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8           “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  3  

 

 

1.9           “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10         “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11         “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12         “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13         “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of Eight Thousand Four Hundred and Ninety-Five Dollars ($8,495.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14         “ Participant ” shall mean James Di Misa.

 

1.15         “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1. 16         “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

1.17         “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

  4  

 

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19         “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20         “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21         “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1            Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to James Di Misa, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2            Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3            Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4            Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1            Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be made in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2            Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3            Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual

 

  6  

 

 

installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4            Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5            Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6            Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided, however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a Separation from Service within 24 months after the Change in Control, subject to Section 3.2, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from

 

  7  

 

 

Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7            Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8            Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments

 

  8  

 

 

scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

  9  

 

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

  10  

 

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

  11  

 

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1            Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's

 

  12  

 

 

estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2            Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1            Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

  13  

 

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4            Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5            Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6            Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1            Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator.

 

  14  

 

 

The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

  15  

 

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

  16  

 

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

  17  

 

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1            Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2            Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be

 

  18  

 

 

made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)         The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

  19  

 

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1            Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2            Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3            Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1          Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor

 

  20  

 

 

may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3          Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4          Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5          Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6          Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7          Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

  21  

 

 

10.8          Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9          Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10          Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

 

  22  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Christy Lombardi   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Christy Lombardi   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ James Di Misa
    James Di Misa

  

  23  

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

2014

 

THIS AGREEMENT, originally entered into effective November 1, 2014 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety effective April 30, 2018, by and between Community Bank of the Chesapeake , a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”, and Christy Lombardi , hereinafter referred to as the “Participant”.

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS , it is the consensus of the Board that the Participant's services to the Plan Sponsor in the past have been of exceptional merit and have constituted an invaluable contribution to the general welfare of the Plan Sponsor bringing it to its present status of operating efficiency, and its present position in its field of activity;

 

WHEREAS , the experience of the Participant, his knowledge of the affairs of the Plan Sponsor, his reputation and contacts in the industry are so valuable that assurance of his continued services is essential for the future growth and profits of the Plan Sponsor and it is in the best interests of the Plan Sponsor to arrange terms of continued employment for the Participant so as to reasonably assure his remaining in the Plan Sponsor's employment during his lifetime or until the age of retirement;

 

WHEREAS , it is the desire of the Plan Sponsor that his services be retained as herein provided;

 

WHEREAS , the Participant is willing to continue in the employ of the Plan Sponsor provided the Plan Sponsor agrees to pay to his beneficiaries certain benefits in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS , the Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is not intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment pursuant to IRC Section 401(a) of the Code or any successor section or statute. This Plan is intended to comply with IRC Section 409A as created under The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act of 2004”). It is both anticipated and expected that the terms and provisions of this Plan may need to be amended in the future to assure continued compliance. The Plan Sponsor and the Participant acknowledge that fact and agree to take any and all steps necessary to operate the Plan in “good faith” based on their current understanding of the regulations; and

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS , the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to adjust the amount of the benefit provided herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE ; in consideration of services performed in the past and to be performed in the future as well as of the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

Certain words and phrases are defined when first used in later Articles of this Plan. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply. For the purpose of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1           “ Accrued Benefit ” shall mean the sum of (i) $11,890.33 and (ii) the product of $137,447.67 multiplied by a fraction, not to exceed 1.00, the numerator of which is the calendar months that have elapsed after December 31, 2016, as of the Participant’s Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 263 (elapsed time from December 31, 2016 projected to the first of the month in which the Participant attains age 62).

 

1.2           “ Applicable Guidance ” shall mean, as the context requires, Code §409A and the Final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, or other written Treasury or IRS guidance regarding or affecting Code §409A.

 

1.3           “ Beneficiary ” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with Article 5 before his death to receive Plan benefits in the event of the Participant's death.

 

1.4           “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Plan Sponsor, unless specifically noted otherwise.

 

1.5           “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Plan Sponsor having a material value to the Plan Sponsor; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iii) the Participant's conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Plan Sponsor); (iv) the Participant's breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the

 

  2  

 

 

Participant's duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant's title and function or the Participant's failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Plan Sponsor in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Plan Sponsor, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

1.6           “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraph (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

(a)           Change in Ownership . A Change in Ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a Change of Ownership, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control . A Change in Effective Control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the ultimate parent corporation is replaced by directors during a 12-month period not endorsed by the persons who were members of the board before the new directors' appointment, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets . A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires Forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No change in control results pursuant to this Article (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

1.7           “ Claimant ” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

1.8           “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  3  

 

 

1.9           “ Disability ” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Plan Sponsor. The Administrator will determine whether the Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require the Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. The Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4) and authoritative guidance.

 

1.10         “ Effective Date ” shall mean November 1, 2014.

 

1.11         “ ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.12         “ Normal Retirement Age ” shall mean the date the Participant attains age 65.

 

1.13         “ Normal Retirement Benefit ” shall mean an annual benefit payment in the amount of One Hundred Forty-Nine Thousand Three Hundred and Thirty-Eight Dollars ($149,338.00) for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

1.14         “ Participant ” shall mean Christy Lombardi.

 

1.15         “ Plan ” shall mean this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, all Election Forms, the Trust, (if any), and any other written documents relevant to the Plan. For purposes of applying Code §409A requirements, this Plan is a non-account balance plan under Treasury Regulation §1.409-1(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

1. 16         “ Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” shall be a committee designated by the Plan Sponsor. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan. Matters solely affecting the applicable Participant will be resolved by the remaining committee members.

 

  4  

 

 

1.17         “ Plan Sponsor ” shall mean the person or entity: (i) receiving the services of the Participant; and (ii) all persons with whom such person or entity would be considered a single employer under the parent-subsidiary rules of Code §414(b) or §414(c).

 

1.18         “ Plan Year ” shall mean, for the first Plan Year, the period beginning on the Effective Date of the Plan and ending December 31 of such calendar year, and thereafter, a twelve (12) month period beginning January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.19         “ Section 409A ” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and other Applicable Guidance issued under that Section.

 

1.20         “ Separation from Service ” shall mean the occurrence of a Participant's death, retirement, or “other termination of employment” (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h)(1)(ii)) with the Plan Sponsor (i.e., the “service recipient” or “employer” as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A- 1(h)(3)). However, a Separation from Service shall not occur if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months, or if longer, so long as the Participant retains a right to reemployment with the Plan Sponsor under an applicable statute or by contract.

 

1.21         “ Specified Employee ” shall mean that the Participant also satisfies the definition of a “key employee” as such term is defined in Code §416(i) (without regard to Section 416(i)(5)). However, the Participant is not a Specified Employee unless any stock of the Plan Sponsor is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, as defined in Code §1.897-1(m). If the Participant is a key employee at any time during the twelve (12) months ending on the identification date (see below), the Participant is a Specified Employee for the twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the fourth month following the identification date. For purposes of this Article, the identification date is December 31. The determination of the Participant as a Specified Employee shall be made by the Administrator in accordance with IRC Section 416(i), the “specified employee” requirements of Section 409A, and Treasury Regulations.

 

1.22         “ Taxable Year ” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

1.23         “ Treasury Regulations ” shall mean regulations promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service for the U.S. Department of the Treasury, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.24         “ Trust ” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

1.25         “ Change in Control Benefit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1            Selection by Plan Sponsor . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Christy Lombardi, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Plan Sponsor, as determined by the Plan Sponsor in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

2.2            Re-Employment . If a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service is subsequently re-employed, he or she may, at the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, become a Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

2.3            Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided that the Participant has met all enrollment requirements set forth in the Plan and required by the Plan Administrator, the Participant shall continue participation in the Plan on the date the Plan is executed by the Plan Sponsor and the Participant.

 

2.4            Termination of Participation . If the Plan Administrator determines in good faith that a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, the Plan Administrator shall cease further benefit accruals hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

BENEFITS

 

3.1            Normal Retirement Benefit . If the Participant remains in the service of the Plan Sponsor until reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The annual installments shall commence to be paid on the on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service, but all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.2            Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant should die while actively employed by the Plan Sponsor at any time after the date of this Plan but prior to his Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Sponsor will pay the Accrued Benefit in fifteen (15) equal annual installments to the Participant's Beneficiary. The payments shall

 

  6  

 

 

commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant dies.

 

3.3            Death Subsequent to Commencement of Benefit Payments . In the event the Participant dies while receiving payments, but prior to receiving the fifteen (15) annual installment payments due and owing hereunder, the unpaid balance of the payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the balance of the fifteen (15) annual installments.

 

3.4            Disability Benefit . In the event the Participant becomes Disabled prior to the date the Participant dies or experiences a Separation from Service, and prior to the date of a Change in Control, the Participant shall be entitled to receive his Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of determination of Disability. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the month following Normal Retirement Age or death (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments.

 

3.5            Separation from Service Benefit . If the Participant experiences a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, Disability, or as described in the second paragraph of Section 3.6, then the Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to the Accrued Benefit, calculated as of the date of Separation from Service. Such benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or dies (whichever occurs first), and shall be paid in fifteen (15) equal annual installments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Participant is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Specified Employee, the first benefit payment shall be paid on the later of (i) the first day of the second month following the month in which the Participant achieves Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the first day of the seventh month following Separation from Service (except in the case of a Separation from Service due to death). In the event that (ii) applies, all subsequent annual payments will be paid in accordance with the original schedule as if the individual was not a Specified Employee.

 

3.6            Change in Control Benefit . In the event there is a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Age, and prior to the date the Participant dies, becomes Disabled or experiences a Separation from Service, the Participant’s benefit under this Section 3.6 shall be equal to the Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated as of any subsequent Separation from Service following the Change in Control; provided however, that in calculating the Executive’s Accrued Benefit under Section 1.1, the numerator in the fraction shall be increased as if the Executive had accrued an additional 36 months of service (“Change in Control Benefit”). If the Participant does not experience a separation from Service within 24 months after a Change in Control subject to Section 3.20, the Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the later of (i) the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service); or (ii) the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

  7  

 

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Participant experiences a Separation from Service within 24 months following the Change in Control, the following provisions apply. The Participant's Change in Control Benefit shall commence to be paid on the first day of the second month following the Participant's Separation from Service (or, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, on the first day of the seventh month following the Participant's Separation from Service). In lieu of receiving the Change in Control Benefit in fifteen (15) annual installments, the Participant may elect to receive the Change in Control Benefit pursuant to this Section 3.6 in the form of (i) a lump sum, (ii) equal annual installments over two (2) years, or (iii) equal annual installments over five (5) years. In the event the Participant elects one of the alternate forms of benefit noted in this Section 3.6, a 4.0% discount rate will be used to value the actuarial equivalent benefit amount. Any election by the Participant pursuant to this Section 3.6 must be submitted to the Plan Sponsor by the date the Participant initially becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

3.7            Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Plan Sponsor terminates the Participant's employment for “Cause”, then the Participant shall not be entitled to any benefits under the terms of this Plan.

 

3.8            Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, neither the Plan Sponsor nor a Participant may accelerate the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid under this Plan, except that the Plan Sponsor, in its discretion, may accelerate payments as permitted by Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4). The Plan Sponsor shall deny any change made to an election if the Plan Sponsor determines that the change violates the requirements of authoritative guidance.

 

3.9            Subsequent Changes in the Time or Form of Payment . If permitted by the Plan Sponsor, a Participant may elect to change the time or form of payments (collectively, “payment elections”), provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)          Such change will not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the new payment election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, or if the payment is at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the change of payment election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the change of payment election relates to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule, the Participant or Plan Sponsor must make the change of payment election not less than twelve (12) months before the date the payment is scheduled to be

 

  8  

 

 

paid (or in the case of a life annuity or installment payments, which are treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent permitted under Section 409A and by the Plan Sponsor, the Participant may elect the timing and manner of distributions during 2008 (except that a Participant cannot in 2008 change payment elections with respect to payments that the Participant would otherwise receive in 2008, or make an election that causes payments scheduled for subsequent years to be made in 2008), and such election shall not be treated as a change in the form and timing of payment or an acceleration of payment under Section 409A.

 

3.10          Delay in Payment by Plan Sponsor .

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a permissible payment event. The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Plan Sponsor treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis.

 

(i)           Payments subject to Section 162(m ). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Plan Sponsor's deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

(1)         during the Participant's first Taxable Year in which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code §162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant's Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Plan Sponsor in which the Participant separates from service or the 15th day of the third month following the Participant's Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in the Plan Sponsor's Taxable Year is delayed in accordance with this Article, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to the Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Article are also delayed. Where the payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant's Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment upon a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(2) (payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, the 6 month delay rule will apply for Specified Employees.

 

  9  

 

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law . A payment may be delayed where the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Plan Sponsor reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Internal Revenue Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions . The Plan Sponsor may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)        Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern.

 

(b)           Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date . Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the 15th day of the third calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in case the Plan Sponsor cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant's control (or the control of the Participant's estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Plan Sponsor to continue as a going concern, in the first calendar year in which the making of the payment would not have such effect.

 

3.11          Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant:

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Plan Sponsor and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Plan Sponsor and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(b)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Plan Sponsor to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Plan Sponsor or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No

 

  10  

 

 

insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

(c)          In the event that the Plan Sponsor purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Plan Sponsor.

 

(d)          If the Plan Sponsor chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Plan Sponsor or the insurance company designated by the Plan Sponsor.

 

3.12          Facility of Payment . If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

3.13          Net after tax benefit . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if payments made under Section 3.6 of this Plan or otherwise from the Plan Sponsor or any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor are considered “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (such payments hereinafter referred to as the “Total Payments”), then such payments shall be reduced to the greatest amount that may be paid to the Participant under Section 280G of the Code without causing any loss of deduction to the Plan Sponsor or its affiliates under such section (hereinafter referred to as the “Reduced Payments”), however, the payments or benefits shall not be reduced if the net after tax benefit to the Participant of receiving the Total Payments exceeds the net after tax benefit of receiving the Reduced Payments by at least $50,000. “ Net after tax benefit ” for purposes of this Plan shall mean the sum of the present value of (i) the Total Payments or Reduced Payments (as applicable), less (ii) the amount of federal, state and local income and payroll taxes payable with respect to the foregoing calculated at the maximum marginal tax rates expected for each year in which the foregoing shall be paid to the Participant (based upon the rates in effect as set forth in the Code under state and local laws at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Plan Sponsor), less (iii) the amount of excise taxes imposed with respect to the payments and benefits described in (i) above by Section 4999 of the Code. The determination as to whether and to what extent payments are required to be reduced in accordance with this Section 3.13 shall be made at the Plan Sponsor’s expense by an accounting firm, consulting firm, or law firm experienced in such matters. Any reduction in payments required by this Section 3.13 shall occur in the following order: (i) any cash severance, (ii) any other cash amount payable to the Participant and treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (iii) any benefit valued entirely as a “parachute payment,” (iv) the acceleration of vesting of any equity award that is

 

  11  

 

 

treated entirely as a “parachute payment”, (v) the acceleration of vesting of any equity awards that are time-vested options, and (vi) the acceleration of vesting of any other time-vested equity awards. Within any such category of payments and benefits, a reduction shall occur first with respect to amounts that are not “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and then with respect to amounts that are. In the event that acceleration of compensation from equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be canceled, subject to the immediately preceding sentence, in the reverse order of the date of grant.

 

ARTICLE 4

VESTING AND TAXES

 

4.1            Vesting . The Participant shall be vested at all times in his Accrued Benefit. Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the Participant shall be One Hundred (100%) percent vested in his Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

4.2            FICA, Withholding and Other Taxes.

 

(a)          When a Participant becomes vested in a portion of his Normal Retirement Benefit, the Plan Sponsor shall withhold from the Participant's cash compensation in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor, the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such vested Normal Retirement Benefit.

 

(b)          The Plan Sponsor, or trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Plan Sponsor in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor or the trustee of the Trust in compliance with applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

ARTICLE 5

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

5.1            Designation of Beneficiaries .

 

(a)          The Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant's death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and shall be in the form prescribed by the Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed in writing with the Administrator during the Participant's lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Plan Sponsor shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant's spouse, if then

 

  12  

 

 

living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant's then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant's estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Plan Sponsor may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant's personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Plan Sponsor may distribute the payment to the Participant's estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Plan Sponsor deems to be appropriate.

 

5.2            Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries . Any communication, statement, or notice addressed to the Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Plan Sponsor's records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of this Plan. The Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to the last known address.

 

ARTICLE 6

ADMINISTRATION

 

6.1            Administrator Duties . The Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. The Administrator shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of its members. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a unanimous written consent to the action is signed by all members and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Administrator, provided, however that no member may vote or act upon any matter which relates to his or her status as a Participant. The chair, or any other member or members of the Administrator designated by the chair, may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Administrator. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by the Participant or the Plan Sponsor. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

6.2            Administrator Authority . The Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan;

 

  13  

 

 

(b)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to the Participant and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(c)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(d)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to the Participant, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(e)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

(f)          To administer this Plan's claims procedures;

 

(g)          To approve election forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(h)          To appoint a plan record keeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.3            Binding Effect of Decision . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

6.4            Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity . The Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Plan Sponsor to employ such legal counsel and/ or Plan record keeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Plan Sponsor.

 

6.5            Plan Sponsor Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participant, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Participant, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

 

6.6            Periodic Statements . Under procedures established by the Administrator, Participant shall be provided a statement of his Accrued Benefit on an annual basis.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE 7

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

 

7.1            Claims Procedures . This Section 7.1 is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section 8.4 conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

(a)           Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Benefit (a “Claimant”) under this Plan may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator will review the claim itself or appoint another individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. If the claim is for a benefit other than a disability benefit, the Claimant will be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator before the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires a determination by the Plan Administrator of a Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will notify the Claimant of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Plan Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Plan Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy- five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice will specifically explain the standards on which entitlement to a disability benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant will be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Plan Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  15  

 

 

(A)         The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(B)         A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

(C)         A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

(D)         An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

(E)         Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

(F)         A statement of the participant's right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

 

In addition, in the case of a denial of disability benefits on the basis of the Plan Administrator's independent determination of the Participant's disability status, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

(b)           Review Procedures .

 

(i)           Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability. Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant's disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

The reviewer will afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  16  

 

 

(ii)          Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (i) above, a Claimant whose claim for disability benefits requires an independent determination by the Plan Administrator of the Participant's disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

(A)         The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor is a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

(B)         The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence will not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

(C)         The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

(D)         The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Plan Administrator's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

(iii)         Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(A)         its decision;

 

(B)         the specific reasons for the decision;

 

(C)         the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

  17  

 

 

(D)         a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan's files which is relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits;

 

(E)         a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA section 502(a); and

 

(F)         if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(c)           Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant's failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(d)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Section 7.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(e)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

7.2            Arbitration of Claims . All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Plan Sponsor or at a mutually agreeable location.

 

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

8.1            Amendment . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time to comply with Section 409A and other Applicable Guidance or for any other purpose, provided

 

  18  

 

 

that such amendment will not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Section 409A. Except to the extent necessary to bring this Plan into compliance with Section 409A, no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease the value or vested percentage of a Participant's Accrued Benefit in existence at the time an amendment or modification is made to the Plan.

 

8.2            Plan Termination . The Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate this Plan in accordance with one of the following, subject to the restrictions imposed by Section

409A and authoritative guidance:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy . This Plan may be terminated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. Section 503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to the Participant provided that the amounts payable under this Plan are included in the Participants' gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The first calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control . This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control. This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all arrangements that are treated as having been deferred under a single plan in accordance with Applicable Guidance are terminated so that all participants in all those terminated arrangements who experienced the Change in Control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination . The Plan Sponsor may also terminate this Plan provided that:

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury Regulations §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this Plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this Plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made within twenty-four (24) months of this Plan termination;

 

  19  

 

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan; and

 

(v)         The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 9

THE TRUST

 

9.1            Establishment of Trust . The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, all benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant shall be paid directly by the Plan Sponsor from the Trust. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust, (if any), shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.P. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor's creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/ or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

9.2            Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor's obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

9.3            Contribution to the Trust . Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1          Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall

 

  20  

 

 

be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 10.1 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

10.2          Nonassignability . Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Plan Sponsor may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

10.3          Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Plan Sponsor as an employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Plan Sponsor to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

10.4          Unclaimed Benefits . In the case that the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable, such Plan benefit shall be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator's determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment may be made to a Participant, and that payment will be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan, if the Participant provides notice to the Plan Sponsor within ninety (90) days of the latest date upon which the payment could have been timely made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and Section 409A, and if not paid, if the Participant takes further enforcement measures within one-hundred eighty (180) days after such latest date.

 

10.5          Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Maryland without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

10.6          Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making

 

  21  

 

 

the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee's last known address as shown on the records of the Plan Sponsor. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

10.7          Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant's Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

10.8          Compliance . A Participant shall have no right to receive payment with respect to the Participant's Accrued Benefit until all legal and contractual obligations of the Plan Sponsor relating to establishment of the Plan and the making of such payments shall have been complied with in full.

 

10.9          Compliance with Section 409A and Authoritative Guidance . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, all provisions of this Plan, including but not limited to the definitions of terms, elections to defer, and distributions, shall be made in accordance with and shall comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. The Plan Sponsor will amend the terms of this Plan retroactively, if necessary, to the extent required to comply with Section 409A and any authoritative guidance. No election made by a Participant hereunder, and no change made by a Participant to a previous election, shall be accepted by the Plan Sponsor if the Plan Sponsor determines that acceptance of such election or change could violate any of the requirements of Section 409A or the authoritative guidance. This Plan and any accompanying forms shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A and the authoritative guidance, including, without limitation, any such Treasury Regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the date hereof.

 

10.10          Not Contrived Against the Drafter. This Plan has been negotiated and prepared by the parties and their respective legal counsel, and no provision of this Plan shall be construed more strictly against one party as the drafter.

  

  22  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor has signed this amended and restated Plan document as April 30, 2018.

 

WITNESS:   FOR THE PLAN SPONSOR
     
/s/ Barbara Lucas   /s/ Michael L. Middleton
(third party witness)   Chairman of the Board of Directors
     
Barbara Lucas   Michael L. Middleton
(print name)   (print name)
     
    PARTICIPANT:
     
    /s/ Christy Lombardi
    Christy Lombardi

 

  23  

 

 

Exhibit 31

 

Certification

 

I, William J. Pasenelli, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Community Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board or directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ William J. Pasenelli
    William J. Pasenelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  1  

 

 

Certification

 

I, Todd L. Capitani, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of The Community Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report, based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board or directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ Todd L. Capitani
    Todd L. Capitani
    Chief Financial Officer

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit 32

 

CERTIFICATION

 

This Report on Form 10-Q of The Community Financial Corporation (the “Company”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2018 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ William J. Pasenelli
    William J. Pasenelli
    President and Chief Executive Officer
     
Date: May 10, 2018 By: /s/ Todd L. Capitani
    Todd L. Capitani
    Chief Financial Officer